blob: 290a0755d6320511e2b5d92288c5e0652bfeed79 [file] [log] [blame]
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001//===---- TargetInfo.cpp - Encapsulate target details -----------*- C++ -*-===//
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
5// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// These classes wrap the information about a call or function
11// definition used to handle ABI compliancy.
12//
13//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
14
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +000015#include "TargetInfo.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000016#include "ABIInfo.h"
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000017#include "CGCXXABI.h"
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +000018#include "CGValue.h"
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000019#include "CodeGenFunction.h"
Anders Carlsson15b73de2009-07-18 19:43:29 +000020#include "clang/AST/RecordLayout.h"
Mark Laceya8e7df32013-10-30 21:53:58 +000021#include "clang/CodeGen/CGFunctionInfo.h"
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +000022#include "clang/Frontend/CodeGenOptions.h"
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +000023#include "llvm/ADT/StringExtras.h"
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +000024#include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
Chandler Carruthffd55512013-01-02 11:45:17 +000025#include "llvm/IR/DataLayout.h"
26#include "llvm/IR/Type.h"
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +000027#include "llvm/Support/raw_ostream.h"
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +000028#include <algorithm> // std::sort
29
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000030using namespace clang;
31using namespace CodeGen;
32
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000033static void AssignToArrayRange(CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder,
34 llvm::Value *Array,
35 llvm::Value *Value,
36 unsigned FirstIndex,
37 unsigned LastIndex) {
38 // Alternatively, we could emit this as a loop in the source.
39 for (unsigned I = FirstIndex; I <= LastIndex; ++I) {
David Blaikiefb901c7a2015-04-04 15:12:29 +000040 llvm::Value *Cell =
41 Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(Builder.getInt8Ty(), Array, I);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +000042 Builder.CreateAlignedStore(Value, Cell, CharUnits::One());
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +000043 }
44}
45
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000046static bool isAggregateTypeForABI(QualType T) {
John McCall47fb9502013-03-07 21:37:08 +000047 return !CodeGenFunction::hasScalarEvaluationKind(T) ||
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +000048 T->isMemberFunctionPointerType();
49}
50
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +000051ABIArgInfo
52ABIInfo::getNaturalAlignIndirect(QualType Ty, bool ByRef, bool Realign,
53 llvm::Type *Padding) const {
54 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty),
55 ByRef, Realign, Padding);
56}
57
58ABIArgInfo
59ABIInfo::getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(QualType Ty, bool Realign) const {
60 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirectInReg(getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty),
61 /*ByRef*/ false, Realign);
62}
63
Charles Davisc7d5c942015-09-17 20:55:33 +000064Address ABIInfo::EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
65 QualType Ty) const {
66 return Address::invalid();
67}
68
Angel Garcia Gomez637d1e62015-10-20 13:23:58 +000069ABIInfo::~ABIInfo() {}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +000070
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000071static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(const RecordType *RT,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000072 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000073 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
74 if (!RD)
75 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000076 return CXXABI.getRecordArgABI(RD);
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000077}
78
79static CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI getRecordArgABI(QualType T,
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000080 CGCXXABI &CXXABI) {
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +000081 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
82 if (!RT)
83 return CGCXXABI::RAA_Default;
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +000084 return getRecordArgABI(RT, CXXABI);
85}
86
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +000087/// Pass transparent unions as if they were the type of the first element. Sema
88/// should ensure that all elements of the union have the same "machine type".
89static QualType useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(QualType Ty) {
90 if (const RecordType *UT = Ty->getAsUnionType()) {
91 const RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
92 if (UD->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>()) {
93 assert(!UD->field_empty() && "sema created an empty transparent union");
94 return UD->field_begin()->getType();
95 }
96 }
97 return Ty;
98}
99
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +0000100CGCXXABI &ABIInfo::getCXXABI() const {
101 return CGT.getCXXABI();
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000102}
103
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000104ASTContext &ABIInfo::getContext() const {
105 return CGT.getContext();
106}
107
108llvm::LLVMContext &ABIInfo::getVMContext() const {
109 return CGT.getLLVMContext();
110}
111
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +0000112const llvm::DataLayout &ABIInfo::getDataLayout() const {
113 return CGT.getDataLayout();
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000114}
115
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000116const TargetInfo &ABIInfo::getTarget() const {
117 return CGT.getTarget();
118}
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000119
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +0000120bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
121 return false;
122}
123
124bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
125 uint64_t Members) const {
126 return false;
127}
128
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +0000129bool ABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const {
130 return false;
131}
132
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000133void ABIArgInfo::dump() const {
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000134 raw_ostream &OS = llvm::errs();
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000135 OS << "(ABIArgInfo Kind=";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000136 switch (TheKind) {
137 case Direct:
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000138 OS << "Direct Type=";
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +0000139 if (llvm::Type *Ty = getCoerceToType())
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +0000140 Ty->print(OS);
141 else
142 OS << "null";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000143 break;
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000144 case Extend:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000145 OS << "Extend";
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +0000146 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000147 case Ignore:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000148 OS << "Ignore";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000149 break;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000150 case InAlloca:
151 OS << "InAlloca Offset=" << getInAllocaFieldIndex();
152 break;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000153 case Indirect:
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000154 OS << "Indirect Align=" << getIndirectAlign().getQuantity()
Joerg Sonnenberger4921fe22011-07-15 18:23:44 +0000155 << " ByVal=" << getIndirectByVal()
Daniel Dunbar7b7c2932010-09-16 20:42:02 +0000156 << " Realign=" << getIndirectRealign();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000157 break;
158 case Expand:
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000159 OS << "Expand";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000160 break;
161 }
Daniel Dunbar7230fa52009-12-03 09:13:49 +0000162 OS << ")\n";
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000163}
164
Petar Jovanovic402257b2015-12-04 00:26:47 +0000165// Dynamically round a pointer up to a multiple of the given alignment.
166static llvm::Value *emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
167 llvm::Value *Ptr,
168 CharUnits Align) {
169 llvm::Value *PtrAsInt = Ptr;
170 // OverflowArgArea = (OverflowArgArea + Align - 1) & -Align;
171 PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(PtrAsInt, CGF.IntPtrTy);
172 PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(PtrAsInt,
173 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, Align.getQuantity() - 1));
174 PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(PtrAsInt,
175 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.IntPtrTy, -Align.getQuantity()));
176 PtrAsInt = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(PtrAsInt,
177 Ptr->getType(),
178 Ptr->getName() + ".aligned");
179 return PtrAsInt;
180}
181
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000182/// Emit va_arg for a platform using the common void* representation,
183/// where arguments are simply emitted in an array of slots on the stack.
184///
185/// This version implements the core direct-value passing rules.
186///
187/// \param SlotSize - The size and alignment of a stack slot.
188/// Each argument will be allocated to a multiple of this number of
189/// slots, and all the slots will be aligned to this value.
190/// \param AllowHigherAlign - The slot alignment is not a cap;
191/// an argument type with an alignment greater than the slot size
192/// will be emitted on a higher-alignment address, potentially
193/// leaving one or more empty slots behind as padding. If this
194/// is false, the returned address might be less-aligned than
195/// DirectAlign.
196static Address emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
197 Address VAListAddr,
198 llvm::Type *DirectTy,
199 CharUnits DirectSize,
200 CharUnits DirectAlign,
201 CharUnits SlotSize,
202 bool AllowHigherAlign) {
203 // Cast the element type to i8* if necessary. Some platforms define
204 // va_list as a struct containing an i8* instead of just an i8*.
205 if (VAListAddr.getElementType() != CGF.Int8PtrTy)
206 VAListAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(VAListAddr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
207
208 llvm::Value *Ptr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "argp.cur");
209
210 // If the CC aligns values higher than the slot size, do so if needed.
211 Address Addr = Address::invalid();
212 if (AllowHigherAlign && DirectAlign > SlotSize) {
Petar Jovanovic402257b2015-12-04 00:26:47 +0000213 Addr = Address(emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CGF, Ptr, DirectAlign),
214 DirectAlign);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000215 } else {
Petar Jovanovic402257b2015-12-04 00:26:47 +0000216 Addr = Address(Ptr, SlotSize);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000217 }
218
219 // Advance the pointer past the argument, then store that back.
220 CharUnits FullDirectSize = DirectSize.RoundUpToAlignment(SlotSize);
221 llvm::Value *NextPtr =
222 CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr.getPointer(), FullDirectSize,
223 "argp.next");
224 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NextPtr, VAListAddr);
225
226 // If the argument is smaller than a slot, and this is a big-endian
227 // target, the argument will be right-adjusted in its slot.
228 if (DirectSize < SlotSize && CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
229 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr, SlotSize - DirectSize);
230 }
231
232 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, DirectTy);
233 return Addr;
234}
235
236/// Emit va_arg for a platform using the common void* representation,
237/// where arguments are simply emitted in an array of slots on the stack.
238///
239/// \param IsIndirect - Values of this type are passed indirectly.
240/// \param ValueInfo - The size and alignment of this type, generally
241/// computed with getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(ValueTy).
242/// \param SlotSizeAndAlign - The size and alignment of a stack slot.
243/// Each argument will be allocated to a multiple of this number of
244/// slots, and all the slots will be aligned to this value.
245/// \param AllowHigherAlign - The slot alignment is not a cap;
246/// an argument type with an alignment greater than the slot size
247/// will be emitted on a higher-alignment address, potentially
248/// leaving one or more empty slots behind as padding.
249static Address emitVoidPtrVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
250 QualType ValueTy, bool IsIndirect,
251 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> ValueInfo,
252 CharUnits SlotSizeAndAlign,
253 bool AllowHigherAlign) {
254 // The size and alignment of the value that was passed directly.
255 CharUnits DirectSize, DirectAlign;
256 if (IsIndirect) {
257 DirectSize = CGF.getPointerSize();
258 DirectAlign = CGF.getPointerAlign();
259 } else {
260 DirectSize = ValueInfo.first;
261 DirectAlign = ValueInfo.second;
262 }
263
264 // Cast the address we've calculated to the right type.
265 llvm::Type *DirectTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(ValueTy);
266 if (IsIndirect)
267 DirectTy = DirectTy->getPointerTo(0);
268
269 Address Addr = emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, DirectTy,
270 DirectSize, DirectAlign,
271 SlotSizeAndAlign,
272 AllowHigherAlign);
273
274 if (IsIndirect) {
275 Addr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(Addr), ValueInfo.second);
276 }
277
278 return Addr;
279
280}
281
282static Address emitMergePHI(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
283 Address Addr1, llvm::BasicBlock *Block1,
284 Address Addr2, llvm::BasicBlock *Block2,
285 const llvm::Twine &Name = "") {
286 assert(Addr1.getType() == Addr2.getType());
287 llvm::PHINode *PHI = CGF.Builder.CreatePHI(Addr1.getType(), 2, Name);
288 PHI->addIncoming(Addr1.getPointer(), Block1);
289 PHI->addIncoming(Addr2.getPointer(), Block2);
290 CharUnits Align = std::min(Addr1.getAlignment(), Addr2.getAlignment());
291 return Address(PHI, Align);
292}
293
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000294TargetCodeGenInfo::~TargetCodeGenInfo() { delete Info; }
295
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000296// If someone can figure out a general rule for this, that would be great.
297// It's probably just doomed to be platform-dependent, though.
298unsigned TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException() const {
299 // Verified for:
300 // x86-64 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
301 // x86-32 FreeBSD, Linux, Darwin
302 // PowerPC Linux, Darwin
303 // ARM Darwin (*not* EABI)
Tim Northover9bb857a2013-01-31 12:13:10 +0000304 // AArch64 Linux
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +0000305 return 32;
306}
307
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +0000308bool TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
309 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +0000310 // The following conventions are known to require this to be false:
311 // x86_stdcall
312 // MIPS
313 // For everything else, we just prefer false unless we opt out.
314 return false;
315}
316
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +0000317void
318TargetCodeGenInfo::getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
319 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const {
320 // This assumes the user is passing a library name like "rt" instead of a
321 // filename like "librt.a/so", and that they don't care whether it's static or
322 // dynamic.
323 Opt = "-l";
324 Opt += Lib;
325}
326
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000327static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000328
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000329/// isEmptyField - Return true iff a the field is "empty", that is it
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000330/// is an unnamed bit-field or an (array of) empty record(s).
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000331static bool isEmptyField(ASTContext &Context, const FieldDecl *FD,
332 bool AllowArrays) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000333 if (FD->isUnnamedBitfield())
334 return true;
335
336 QualType FT = FD->getType();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000337
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000338 // Constant arrays of empty records count as empty, strip them off.
339 // Constant arrays of zero length always count as empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000340 if (AllowArrays)
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000341 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
342 if (AT->getSize() == 0)
343 return true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000344 FT = AT->getElementType();
Eli Friedman0b3f2012011-11-18 03:47:20 +0000345 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000346
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000347 const RecordType *RT = FT->getAs<RecordType>();
348 if (!RT)
349 return false;
350
351 // C++ record fields are never empty, at least in the Itanium ABI.
352 //
353 // FIXME: We should use a predicate for whether this behavior is true in the
354 // current ABI.
355 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()))
356 return false;
357
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000358 return isEmptyRecord(Context, FT, AllowArrays);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000359}
360
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +0000361/// isEmptyRecord - Return true iff a structure contains only empty
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000362/// fields. Note that a structure with a flexible array member is not
363/// considered empty.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000364static bool isEmptyRecord(ASTContext &Context, QualType T, bool AllowArrays) {
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000365 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000366 if (!RT)
367 return 0;
368 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
369 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
370 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000371
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000372 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000373 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000374 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
375 if (!isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Argyrios Kyrtzidisd42411f2011-05-17 02:17:52 +0000376 return false;
Daniel Dunbarcd20ce12010-05-17 16:46:00 +0000377
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000378 for (const auto *I : RD->fields())
379 if (!isEmptyField(Context, I, AllowArrays))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000380 return false;
381 return true;
382}
383
384/// isSingleElementStruct - Determine if a structure is a "single
385/// element struct", i.e. it has exactly one non-empty field or
386/// exactly one field which is itself a single element
387/// struct. Structures with flexible array members are never
388/// considered single element structs.
389///
390/// \return The field declaration for the single non-empty field, if
391/// it exists.
392static const Type *isSingleElementStruct(QualType T, ASTContext &Context) {
Benjamin Kramer83b1bf32015-03-02 16:09:24 +0000393 const RecordType *RT = T->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000394 if (!RT)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000395 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000396
397 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
398 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000399 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000400
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000401 const Type *Found = nullptr;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000402
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000403 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
404 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000405 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000406 // Ignore empty records.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000407 if (isEmptyRecord(Context, I.getType(), true))
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000408 continue;
409
410 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element struct.
411 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000412 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000413
414 // If this is non-empty and not a single element struct, the composite
415 // cannot be a single element struct.
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +0000416 Found = isSingleElementStruct(I.getType(), Context);
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000417 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000418 return nullptr;
Daniel Dunbar12ebb472010-05-11 21:15:36 +0000419 }
420 }
421
422 // Check for single element.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000423 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000424 QualType FT = FD->getType();
425
426 // Ignore empty fields.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +0000427 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000428 continue;
429
430 // If we already found an element then this isn't a single-element
431 // struct.
432 if (Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000433 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000434
435 // Treat single element arrays as the element.
436 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
437 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() != 1)
438 break;
439 FT = AT->getElementType();
440 }
441
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +0000442 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(FT)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000443 Found = FT.getTypePtr();
444 } else {
445 Found = isSingleElementStruct(FT, Context);
446 if (!Found)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000447 return nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000448 }
449 }
450
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000451 // We don't consider a struct a single-element struct if it has
452 // padding beyond the element type.
453 if (Found && Context.getTypeSize(Found) != Context.getTypeSize(T))
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000454 return nullptr;
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +0000455
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000456 return Found;
457}
458
459static bool is32Or64BitBasicType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000460 // Treat complex types as the element type.
461 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
462 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
463
464 // Check for a type which we know has a simple scalar argument-passing
465 // convention without any padding. (We're specifically looking for 32
466 // and 64-bit integer and integer-equivalents, float, and double.)
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +0000467 if (!Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() && !Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() &&
Eli Friedmana92db672012-11-29 23:21:04 +0000468 !Ty->isEnumeralType() && !Ty->isBlockPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000469 return false;
470
471 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
472 return Size == 32 || Size == 64;
473}
474
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000475/// canExpandIndirectArgument - Test whether an argument type which is to be
476/// passed indirectly (on the stack) would have the equivalent layout if it was
477/// expanded into separate arguments. If so, we prefer to do the latter to avoid
478/// inhibiting optimizations.
479///
480// FIXME: This predicate is missing many cases, currently it just follows
481// llvm-gcc (checks that all fields are 32-bit or 64-bit primitive types). We
482// should probably make this smarter, or better yet make the LLVM backend
483// capable of handling it.
484static bool canExpandIndirectArgument(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) {
485 // We can only expand structure types.
486 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
487 if (!RT)
488 return false;
489
490 // We can only expand (C) structures.
491 //
492 // FIXME: This needs to be generalized to handle classes as well.
493 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Manman Ren27382782015-04-03 18:10:29 +0000494 if (!RD->isStruct())
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +0000495 return false;
496
Manman Ren27382782015-04-03 18:10:29 +0000497 // We try to expand CLike CXXRecordDecl.
498 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
499 if (!CXXRD->isCLike())
500 return false;
501 }
502
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000503 uint64_t Size = 0;
504
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +0000505 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000506 if (!is32Or64BitBasicType(FD->getType(), Context))
507 return false;
508
509 // FIXME: Reject bit-fields wholesale; there are two problems, we don't know
510 // how to expand them yet, and the predicate for telling if a bitfield still
511 // counts as "basic" is more complicated than what we were doing previously.
512 if (FD->isBitField())
513 return false;
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000514
515 Size += Context.getTypeSize(FD->getType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000516 }
517
Eli Friedmane5c85622011-11-18 01:32:26 +0000518 // Make sure there are not any holes in the struct.
519 if (Size != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
520 return false;
521
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000522 return true;
523}
524
525namespace {
526/// DefaultABIInfo - The default implementation for ABI specific
527/// details. This implementation provides information which results in
528/// self-consistent and sensible LLVM IR generation, but does not
529/// conform to any particular ABI.
530class DefaultABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000531public:
532 DefaultABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000533
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000534 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
535 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000536
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000537 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000538 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
539 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +0000540 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
541 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000542 }
543
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000544 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
545 QualType Ty) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000546};
547
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000548class DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
549public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +0000550 DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
551 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000552};
553
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000554Address DefaultABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
555 QualType Ty) const {
556 return Address::invalid();
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000557}
558
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +0000559ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerac385062015-05-18 22:46:30 +0000560 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
561
562 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
563 // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
564 // passed by value.
565 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000566 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Reid Klecknerac385062015-05-18 22:46:30 +0000567
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000568 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);
Reid Klecknerac385062015-05-18 22:46:30 +0000569 }
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000570
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000571 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
572 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
573 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +0000574
Chris Lattner9723d6c2010-03-11 18:19:55 +0000575 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
576 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000577}
578
Bob Wilsonbd4520b2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000579ABIArgInfo DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
580 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
581 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
582
583 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000584 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Bob Wilsonbd4520b2011-01-10 23:54:17 +0000585
586 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
587 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
588 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
589
590 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
591 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
592}
593
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000594//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Dan Gohmanc2853072015-09-03 22:51:53 +0000595// WebAssembly ABI Implementation
596//
597// This is a very simple ABI that relies a lot on DefaultABIInfo.
598//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
599
600class WebAssemblyABIInfo final : public DefaultABIInfo {
601public:
602 explicit WebAssemblyABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
603 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
604
605private:
606 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
607 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
608
609 // DefaultABIInfo's classifyReturnType and classifyArgumentType are
610 // non-virtual, but computeInfo is virtual, so we overload that.
611 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
612 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
613 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
614 for (auto &Arg : FI.arguments())
615 Arg.info = classifyArgumentType(Arg.type);
616 }
617};
618
619class WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo final : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
620public:
621 explicit WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
622 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WebAssemblyABIInfo(CGT)) {}
623};
624
625/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
626ABIArgInfo WebAssemblyABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
627 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
628
629 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
630 // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
631 // passed by value.
Dan Gohmanc2853072015-09-03 22:51:53 +0000632 if (auto RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000633 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Dan Gohmanc2853072015-09-03 22:51:53 +0000634 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
635 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
636 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
637 // Lower single-element structs to just pass a regular value. TODO: We
638 // could do reasonable-size multiple-element structs too, using getExpand(),
639 // though watch out for things like bitfields.
640 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()))
641 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
Dan Gohmanc2853072015-09-03 22:51:53 +0000642 }
643
644 // Otherwise just do the default thing.
645 return DefaultABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(Ty);
646}
647
648ABIArgInfo WebAssemblyABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
649 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
650 // Records with non-trivial destructors/copy-constructors should not be
651 // returned by value.
652 if (!getRecordArgABI(RetTy, getCXXABI())) {
653 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
654 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
655 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
656 // Lower single-element structs to just return a regular value. TODO: We
657 // could do reasonable-size multiple-element structs too, using
658 // ABIArgInfo::getDirect().
659 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
660 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
661 }
662 }
663
664 // Otherwise just do the default thing.
665 return DefaultABIInfo::classifyReturnType(RetTy);
666}
667
668//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000669// le32/PNaCl bitcode ABI Implementation
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000670//
671// This is a simplified version of the x86_32 ABI. Arguments and return values
672// are always passed on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000673//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
674
675class PNaClABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
676 public:
677 PNaClABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
678
679 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000680 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000681
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000682 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000683 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
684 Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) const override;
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000685};
686
687class PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
688 public:
689 PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
690 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PNaClABIInfo(CGT)) {}
691};
692
693void PNaClABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000694 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000695 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
696
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000697 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
698 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
699}
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000700
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000701Address PNaClABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
702 QualType Ty) const {
703 return Address::invalid();
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000704}
705
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000706/// \brief Classify argument of given type \p Ty.
707ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000708 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +0000709 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000710 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
711 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000712 } else if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
713 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000714 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000715 } else if (Ty->isFloatingType()) {
716 // Floating-point types don't go inreg.
717 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000718 }
Eli Bendersky4f6791c2013-04-08 21:31:01 +0000719
720 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
721 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000722}
723
724ABIArgInfo PNaClABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
725 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
726 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
727
Eli Benderskye20dad62013-04-04 22:49:35 +0000728 // In the PNaCl ABI we always return records/structures on the stack.
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000729 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000730 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +0000731
732 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
733 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
734 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
735
736 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
737 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
738}
739
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +0000740/// IsX86_MMXType - Return true if this is an MMX type.
741bool IsX86_MMXType(llvm::Type *IRType) {
742 // Return true if the type is an MMX type <2 x i32>, <4 x i16>, or <8 x i8>.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +0000743 return IRType->isVectorTy() && IRType->getPrimitiveSizeInBits() == 64 &&
744 cast<llvm::VectorType>(IRType)->getElementType()->isIntegerTy() &&
745 IRType->getScalarSizeInBits() != 64;
746}
747
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000748static llvm::Type* X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000749 StringRef Constraint,
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000750 llvm::Type* Ty) {
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000751 if ((Constraint == "y" || Constraint == "&y") && Ty->isVectorTy()) {
752 if (cast<llvm::VectorType>(Ty)->getBitWidth() != 64) {
753 // Invalid MMX constraint
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +0000754 return nullptr;
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000755 }
756
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000757 return llvm::Type::getX86_MMXTy(CGF.getLLVMContext());
Tim Northover0ae93912013-06-07 00:04:50 +0000758 }
759
760 // No operation needed
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000761 return Ty;
762}
763
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000764/// Returns true if this type can be passed in SSE registers with the
765/// X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
766static bool isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
767 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
768 if (BT->isFloatingPoint() && BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Half)
769 return true;
770 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
771 // vectorcall can pass XMM, YMM, and ZMM vectors. We don't pass SSE1 MMX
772 // registers specially.
773 unsigned VecSize = Context.getTypeSize(VT);
774 if (VecSize == 128 || VecSize == 256 || VecSize == 512)
775 return true;
776 }
777 return false;
778}
779
780/// Returns true if this aggregate is small enough to be passed in SSE registers
781/// in the X86_VectorCall calling convention. Shared between x86_32 and x86_64.
782static bool isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(uint64_t NumMembers) {
783 return NumMembers <= 4;
784}
785
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +0000786//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
787// X86-32 ABI Implementation
788//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +0000789
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000790/// \brief Similar to llvm::CCState, but for Clang.
791struct CCState {
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000792 CCState(unsigned CC) : CC(CC), FreeRegs(0), FreeSSERegs(0) {}
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000793
794 unsigned CC;
795 unsigned FreeRegs;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000796 unsigned FreeSSERegs;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000797};
798
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000799/// X86_32ABIInfo - The X86-32 ABI information.
800class X86_32ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000801 enum Class {
802 Integer,
803 Float
804 };
805
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000806 static const unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes = 4;
807
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +0000808 bool IsDarwinVectorABI;
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +0000809 bool IsRetSmallStructInRegABI;
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +0000810 bool IsWin32StructABI;
Michael Kupersteinb1ec50d2015-10-19 08:09:43 +0000811 bool IsSoftFloatABI;
Michael Kuperstein68901882015-10-25 08:18:20 +0000812 bool IsMCUABI;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000813 unsigned DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000814
815 static bool isRegisterSize(unsigned Size) {
816 return (Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32 || Size == 64);
817 }
818
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +0000819 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
820 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
821 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
822 }
823
824 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
825 uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
826 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
827 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
828 }
829
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000830 bool shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000831
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000832 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
833 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000834 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal, CCState &State) const;
835
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000836 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty, CCState &State) const;
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +0000837
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000838 /// \brief Return the alignment to use for the given type on the stack.
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +0000839 unsigned getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty, unsigned Align) const;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +0000840
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +0000841 Class classify(QualType Ty) const;
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +0000842 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +0000843 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const;
844 bool shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State, bool &NeedsPadding) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000845
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000846 /// \brief Rewrite the function info so that all memory arguments use
847 /// inalloca.
848 void rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const;
849
850 void addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000851 CharUnits &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +0000852 QualType Type) const;
853
Rafael Espindola75419dc2012-07-23 23:30:29 +0000854public:
855
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000856 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +0000857 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
858 QualType Ty) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000859
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +0000860 X86_32ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool DarwinVectorABI,
861 bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI,
Michael Kupersteinb1ec50d2015-10-19 08:09:43 +0000862 unsigned NumRegisterParameters, bool SoftFloatABI)
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +0000863 : ABIInfo(CGT), IsDarwinVectorABI(DarwinVectorABI),
864 IsRetSmallStructInRegABI(RetSmallStructInRegABI),
865 IsWin32StructABI(Win32StructABI),
Manuel Klimekab2e28e2015-10-19 08:43:46 +0000866 IsSoftFloatABI(SoftFloatABI),
Michael Kupersteind749f232015-10-27 07:46:22 +0000867 IsMCUABI(CGT.getTarget().getTriple().isOSIAMCU()),
Manuel Klimekab2e28e2015-10-19 08:43:46 +0000868 DefaultNumRegisterParameters(NumRegisterParameters) {}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000869};
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000870
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000871class X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
872public:
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +0000873 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool DarwinVectorABI,
874 bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI,
Michael Kupersteinb1ec50d2015-10-19 08:09:43 +0000875 unsigned NumRegisterParameters, bool SoftFloatABI)
876 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_32ABIInfo(
877 CGT, DarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI, Win32StructABI,
878 NumRegisterParameters, SoftFloatABI)) {}
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +0000879
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +0000880 static bool isStructReturnInRegABI(
881 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts);
882
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +0000883 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000884 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000885
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000886 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000887 // Darwin uses different dwarf register numbers for EH.
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +0000888 if (CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) return 5;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +0000889 return 4;
890 }
891
892 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000893 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000894
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +0000895 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +0000896 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000897 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +0000898 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
899 }
900
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000901 void addReturnRegisterOutputs(CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnValue,
902 std::string &Constraints,
903 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
904 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
905 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests,
906 std::string &AsmString,
907 unsigned NumOutputs) const override;
908
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +0000909 llvm::Constant *
910 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +0000911 unsigned Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
912 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
913 ('F' << 16) |
914 ('T' << 24);
915 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
916 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +0000917};
918
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +0000919}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +0000920
Reid Kleckner9b3e3df2014-09-04 20:04:38 +0000921/// Rewrite input constraint references after adding some output constraints.
922/// In the case where there is one output and one input and we add one output,
923/// we need to replace all operand references greater than or equal to 1:
924/// mov $0, $1
925/// mov eax, $1
926/// The result will be:
927/// mov $0, $2
928/// mov eax, $2
929static void rewriteInputConstraintReferences(unsigned FirstIn,
930 unsigned NumNewOuts,
931 std::string &AsmString) {
932 std::string Buf;
933 llvm::raw_string_ostream OS(Buf);
934 size_t Pos = 0;
935 while (Pos < AsmString.size()) {
936 size_t DollarStart = AsmString.find('$', Pos);
937 if (DollarStart == std::string::npos)
938 DollarStart = AsmString.size();
939 size_t DollarEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of('$', DollarStart);
940 if (DollarEnd == std::string::npos)
941 DollarEnd = AsmString.size();
942 OS << StringRef(&AsmString[Pos], DollarEnd - Pos);
943 Pos = DollarEnd;
944 size_t NumDollars = DollarEnd - DollarStart;
945 if (NumDollars % 2 != 0 && Pos < AsmString.size()) {
946 // We have an operand reference.
947 size_t DigitStart = Pos;
948 size_t DigitEnd = AsmString.find_first_not_of("0123456789", DigitStart);
949 if (DigitEnd == std::string::npos)
950 DigitEnd = AsmString.size();
951 StringRef OperandStr(&AsmString[DigitStart], DigitEnd - DigitStart);
952 unsigned OperandIndex;
953 if (!OperandStr.getAsInteger(10, OperandIndex)) {
954 if (OperandIndex >= FirstIn)
955 OperandIndex += NumNewOuts;
956 OS << OperandIndex;
957 } else {
958 OS << OperandStr;
959 }
960 Pos = DigitEnd;
961 }
962 }
963 AsmString = std::move(OS.str());
964}
965
966/// Add output constraints for EAX:EDX because they are return registers.
967void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::addReturnRegisterOutputs(
968 CodeGenFunction &CGF, LValue ReturnSlot, std::string &Constraints,
969 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultRegTypes,
970 std::vector<llvm::Type *> &ResultTruncRegTypes,
971 std::vector<LValue> &ResultRegDests, std::string &AsmString,
972 unsigned NumOutputs) const {
973 uint64_t RetWidth = CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(ReturnSlot.getType());
974
975 // Use the EAX constraint if the width is 32 or smaller and EAX:EDX if it is
976 // larger.
977 if (!Constraints.empty())
978 Constraints += ',';
979 if (RetWidth <= 32) {
980 Constraints += "={eax}";
981 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int32Ty);
982 } else {
983 // Use the 'A' constraint for EAX:EDX.
984 Constraints += "=A";
985 ResultRegTypes.push_back(CGF.Int64Ty);
986 }
987
988 // Truncate EAX or EAX:EDX to an integer of the appropriate size.
989 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(CGF.getLLVMContext(), RetWidth);
990 ResultTruncRegTypes.push_back(CoerceTy);
991
992 // Coerce the integer by bitcasting the return slot pointer.
993 ReturnSlot.setAddress(CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(ReturnSlot.getAddress(),
994 CoerceTy->getPointerTo()));
995 ResultRegDests.push_back(ReturnSlot);
996
997 rewriteInputConstraintReferences(NumOutputs, 1, AsmString);
998}
999
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001000/// shouldReturnTypeInRegister - Determine if the given type should be
Michael Kuperstein68901882015-10-25 08:18:20 +00001001/// returned in a register (for the Darwin and MCU ABI).
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001002bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldReturnTypeInRegister(QualType Ty,
1003 ASTContext &Context) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001004 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
1005
1006 // Type must be register sized.
1007 if (!isRegisterSize(Size))
1008 return false;
1009
1010 if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
1011 // 64- and 128- bit vectors inside structures are not returned in
1012 // registers.
1013 if (Size == 64 || Size == 128)
1014 return false;
1015
1016 return true;
1017 }
1018
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +00001019 // If this is a builtin, pointer, enum, complex type, member pointer, or
1020 // member function pointer it is ok.
Daniel Dunbar6b45b672010-05-14 03:40:53 +00001021 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->hasPointerRepresentation() ||
Daniel Dunbarb3b1e532009-09-24 05:12:36 +00001022 Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isEnumeralType() ||
Daniel Dunbar4bd95c62010-05-15 00:00:30 +00001023 Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001024 return true;
1025
1026 // Arrays are treated like records.
1027 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty))
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001028 return shouldReturnTypeInRegister(AT->getElementType(), Context);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001029
1030 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
Ted Kremenekc23c7e62009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001031 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001032 if (!RT) return false;
1033
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +00001034 // FIXME: Traverse bases here too.
1035
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001036 // Structure types are passed in register if all fields would be
1037 // passed in a register.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00001038 for (const auto *FD : RT->getDecl()->fields()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001039 // Empty fields are ignored.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00001040 if (isEmptyField(Context, FD, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001041 continue;
1042
1043 // Check fields recursively.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001044 if (!shouldReturnTypeInRegister(FD->getType(), Context))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001045 return false;
1046 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001047 return true;
1048}
1049
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001050ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType RetTy, CCState &State) const {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001051 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
1052 // integer register.
1053 if (State.FreeRegs) {
1054 --State.FreeRegs;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001055 return getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(RetTy);
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001056 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001057 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy, /*ByVal=*/false);
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001058}
1059
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00001060ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
1061 CCState &State) const {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001062 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001063 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001064
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001065 const Type *Base = nullptr;
1066 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
1067 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
1068 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, NumElts)) {
1069 // The LLVM struct type for such an aggregate should lower properly.
1070 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1071 }
1072
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001073 if (const VectorType *VT = RetTy->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001074 // On Darwin, some vectors are returned in registers.
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +00001075 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001076 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001077
1078 // 128-bit vectors are a special case; they are returned in
1079 // registers and we need to make sure to pick a type the LLVM
1080 // backend will like.
1081 if (Size == 128)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00001082 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::VectorType::get(
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001083 llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()), 2));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001084
1085 // Always return in register if it fits in a general purpose
1086 // register, or if it is 64 bits and has a single element.
1087 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1088 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00001089 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001090 Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001091
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001092 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001093 }
1094
1095 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001096 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001097
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00001098 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +00001099 if (const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +00001100 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001101 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001102 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);
Anders Carlsson5789c492009-10-20 22:07:59 +00001103 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001104
David Chisnallde3a0692009-08-17 23:08:21 +00001105 // If specified, structs and unions are always indirect.
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +00001106 if (!IsRetSmallStructInRegABI && !RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001107 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001108
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001109 // Small structures which are register sized are generally returned
1110 // in a register.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001111 if (shouldReturnTypeInRegister(RetTy, getContext())) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001112 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +00001113
1114 // As a special-case, if the struct is a "single-element" struct, and
1115 // the field is of type "float" or "double", return it in a
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +00001116 // floating-point register. (MSVC does not apply this special case.)
1117 // We apply a similar transformation for pointer types to improve the
1118 // quality of the generated IR.
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +00001119 if (const Type *SeltTy = isSingleElementStruct(RetTy, getContext()))
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001120 if ((!IsWin32StructABI && SeltTy->isRealFloatingType())
Eli Friedmana98d1f82012-01-25 22:46:34 +00001121 || SeltTy->hasPointerRepresentation())
Eli Friedmanee945342011-11-18 01:25:50 +00001122 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(SeltTy, 0)));
1123
1124 // FIXME: We should be able to narrow this integer in cases with dead
1125 // padding.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00001126 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),Size));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001127 }
1128
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001129 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy, State);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001130 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001131
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001132 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
1133 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
1134 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
1135
1136 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
1137 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001138}
1139
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +00001140static bool isSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
1141 return Ty->getAs<VectorType>() && Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == 128;
1142}
1143
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +00001144static bool isRecordWithSSEVectorType(ASTContext &Context, QualType Ty) {
1145 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
1146 if (!RT)
1147 return 0;
1148 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
1149
1150 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
1151 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00001152 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases())
1153 if (!isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, I.getType()))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +00001154 return false;
1155
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00001156 for (const auto *i : RD->fields()) {
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +00001157 QualType FT = i->getType();
1158
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +00001159 if (isSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +00001160 return true;
1161
1162 if (isRecordWithSSEVectorType(Context, FT))
1163 return true;
1164 }
1165
1166 return false;
1167}
1168
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +00001169unsigned X86_32ABIInfo::getTypeStackAlignInBytes(QualType Ty,
1170 unsigned Align) const {
1171 // Otherwise, if the alignment is less than or equal to the minimum ABI
1172 // alignment, just use the default; the backend will handle this.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +00001173 if (Align <= MinABIStackAlignInBytes)
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +00001174 return 0; // Use default alignment.
1175
1176 // On non-Darwin, the stack type alignment is always 4.
1177 if (!IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1178 // Set explicit alignment, since we may need to realign the top.
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +00001179 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +00001180 }
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +00001181
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +00001182 // Otherwise, if the type contains an SSE vector type, the alignment is 16.
Eli Friedman7919bea2012-06-05 19:40:46 +00001183 if (Align >= 16 && (isSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty) ||
1184 isRecordWithSSEVectorType(getContext(), Ty)))
Daniel Dunbared23de32010-09-16 20:42:00 +00001185 return 16;
1186
1187 return MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
Daniel Dunbar8a6c91f2010-09-16 20:41:56 +00001188}
1189
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001190ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, bool ByVal,
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001191 CCState &State) const {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001192 if (!ByVal) {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001193 if (State.FreeRegs) {
1194 --State.FreeRegs; // Non-byval indirects just use one pointer.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001195 return getNaturalAlignIndirectInReg(Ty);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001196 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001197 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, false);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001198 }
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001199
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +00001200 // Compute the byval alignment.
1201 unsigned TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
1202 unsigned StackAlign = getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeAlign);
1203 if (StackAlign == 0)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001204 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(4), /*ByVal=*/true);
Daniel Dunbardd38fbc2010-09-16 20:42:06 +00001205
1206 // If the stack alignment is less than the type alignment, realign the
1207 // argument.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001208 bool Realign = TypeAlign > StackAlign;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001209 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(StackAlign),
1210 /*ByVal=*/true, Realign);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +00001211}
1212
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001213X86_32ABIInfo::Class X86_32ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty) const {
1214 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
1215 if (!T)
1216 T = Ty.getTypePtr();
1217
1218 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
1219 BuiltinType::Kind K = BT->getKind();
1220 if (K == BuiltinType::Float || K == BuiltinType::Double)
1221 return Float;
1222 }
1223 return Integer;
1224}
1225
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001226bool X86_32ABIInfo::shouldUseInReg(QualType Ty, CCState &State,
1227 bool &NeedsPadding) const {
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001228 NeedsPadding = false;
Michael Kupersteinb1ec50d2015-10-19 08:09:43 +00001229 if (!IsSoftFloatABI) {
1230 Class C = classify(Ty);
1231 if (C == Float)
1232 return false;
1233 }
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001234
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001235 unsigned Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
1236 unsigned SizeInRegs = (Size + 31) / 32;
Rafael Espindolae2a9e902012-10-23 02:04:01 +00001237
1238 if (SizeInRegs == 0)
1239 return false;
1240
Michael Kuperstein68901882015-10-25 08:18:20 +00001241 if (!IsMCUABI) {
1242 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs) {
1243 State.FreeRegs = 0;
1244 return false;
1245 }
1246 } else {
1247 // The MCU psABI allows passing parameters in-reg even if there are
1248 // earlier parameters that are passed on the stack. Also,
1249 // it does not allow passing >8-byte structs in-register,
1250 // even if there are 3 free registers available.
1251 if (SizeInRegs > State.FreeRegs || SizeInRegs > 2)
1252 return false;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001253 }
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001254
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001255 State.FreeRegs -= SizeInRegs;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001256
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001257 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1258 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001259 if (Size > 32)
1260 return false;
1261
1262 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
1263 return true;
1264
1265 if (Ty->isPointerType())
1266 return true;
1267
1268 if (Ty->isReferenceType())
1269 return true;
1270
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001271 if (State.FreeRegs)
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001272 NeedsPadding = true;
1273
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001274 return false;
1275 }
1276
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001277 return true;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001278}
1279
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001280ABIArgInfo X86_32ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
1281 CCState &State) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001282 // FIXME: Set alignment on indirect arguments.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001283
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00001284 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
1285
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001286 // Check with the C++ ABI first.
1287 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
1288 if (RT) {
1289 CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI());
1290 if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect) {
1291 return getIndirectResult(Ty, false, State);
1292 } else if (RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory) {
1293 // The field index doesn't matter, we'll fix it up later.
1294 return ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(/*FieldIndex=*/0);
1295 }
1296 }
1297
1298 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar
1299 // to other targets.
1300 const Type *Base = nullptr;
1301 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
1302 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall &&
1303 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
1304 if (State.FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
1305 State.FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
1306 if (Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
1307 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1308 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
1309 }
1310 return getIndirectResult(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false, State);
1311 }
1312
1313 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
1314 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001315 // Structs are always byval on win32, regardless of what they contain.
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001316 if (IsWin32StructABI)
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001317 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Daniel Dunbar557893d2010-04-21 19:10:51 +00001318
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00001319 // Structures with flexible arrays are always indirect.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001320 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001321 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Anders Carlsson40446e82010-01-27 03:25:19 +00001322 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001323
Eli Friedman9f061a32011-11-18 00:28:11 +00001324 // Ignore empty structs/unions.
Eli Friedmanf22fa9e2011-11-18 04:01:36 +00001325 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001326 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
1327
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001328 llvm::LLVMContext &LLVMContext = getVMContext();
1329 llvm::IntegerType *Int32 = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(LLVMContext);
1330 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001331 if (shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding)) {
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001332 unsigned SizeInRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Craig Topperac9201a2013-07-08 04:47:18 +00001333 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 3> Elements(SizeInRegs, Int32);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001334 llvm::Type *Result = llvm::StructType::get(LLVMContext, Elements);
1335 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(Result);
1336 }
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00001337 llvm::IntegerType *PaddingType = NeedsPadding ? Int32 : nullptr;
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001338
Daniel Dunbar11c08c82009-11-09 01:33:53 +00001339 // Expand small (<= 128-bit) record types when we know that the stack layout
1340 // of those arguments will match the struct. This is important because the
1341 // LLVM backend isn't smart enough to remove byval, which inhibits many
1342 // optimizations.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001343 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 4*32 &&
1344 canExpandIndirectArgument(Ty, getContext()))
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001345 return ABIArgInfo::getExpandWithPadding(
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001346 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall ||
1347 State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall,
1348 PaddingType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001349
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001350 return getIndirectResult(Ty, true, State);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001351 }
1352
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001353 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattnerd7e54802010-08-26 20:08:43 +00001354 // On Darwin, some vectors are passed in memory, we handle this by passing
1355 // it as an i8/i16/i32/i64.
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001356 if (IsDarwinVectorABI) {
1357 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001358 if ((Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) ||
1359 (Size == 64 && VT->getNumElements() == 1))
1360 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
1361 Size));
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001362 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001363
Chad Rosier651c1832013-03-25 21:00:27 +00001364 if (IsX86_MMXType(CGT.ConvertType(Ty)))
1365 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64));
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001366
Chris Lattnerd774ae92010-08-26 20:05:13 +00001367 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
1368 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001369
1370
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001371 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
1372 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00001373
Rafael Espindolafad28de2012-10-24 01:59:00 +00001374 bool NeedsPadding;
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001375 bool InReg = shouldUseInReg(Ty, State, NeedsPadding);
Rafael Espindola703c47f2012-10-19 05:04:37 +00001376
1377 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
1378 if (InReg)
1379 return ABIArgInfo::getExtendInReg();
1380 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
1381 }
1382 if (InReg)
1383 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg();
1384 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001385}
1386
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001387void X86_32ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001388 CCState State(FI.getCallingConvention());
1389 if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_FastCall)
1390 State.FreeRegs = 2;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001391 else if (State.CC == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall) {
1392 State.FreeRegs = 2;
1393 State.FreeSSERegs = 6;
1394 } else if (FI.getHasRegParm())
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001395 State.FreeRegs = FI.getRegParm();
Michael Kuperstein68901882015-10-25 08:18:20 +00001396 else if (IsMCUABI)
1397 State.FreeRegs = 3;
Rafael Espindola077dd592012-10-24 01:58:58 +00001398 else
Reid Kleckner661f35b2014-01-18 01:12:41 +00001399 State.FreeRegs = DefaultNumRegisterParameters;
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001400
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001401 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI)) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00001402 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), State);
Reid Kleckner677539d2014-07-10 01:58:55 +00001403 } else if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect()) {
1404 // The C++ ABI is not aware of register usage, so we have to check if the
1405 // return value was sret and put it in a register ourselves if appropriate.
1406 if (State.FreeRegs) {
1407 --State.FreeRegs; // The sret parameter consumes a register.
1408 FI.getReturnInfo().setInReg(true);
1409 }
1410 }
Rafael Espindola06b2b4a2012-07-31 02:44:24 +00001411
Peter Collingbournef7706832014-12-12 23:41:25 +00001412 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
1413 if (FI.isChainCall())
1414 ++State.FreeRegs;
1415
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001416 bool UsedInAlloca = false;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00001417 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
1418 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, State);
1419 UsedInAlloca |= (I.info.getKind() == ABIArgInfo::InAlloca);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001420 }
1421
1422 // If we needed to use inalloca for any argument, do a second pass and rewrite
1423 // all the memory arguments to use inalloca.
1424 if (UsedInAlloca)
1425 rewriteWithInAlloca(FI);
1426}
1427
1428void
1429X86_32ABIInfo::addFieldToArgStruct(SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> &FrameFields,
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001430 CharUnits &StackOffset, ABIArgInfo &Info,
1431 QualType Type) const {
1432 // Arguments are always 4-byte-aligned.
1433 CharUnits FieldAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
1434
1435 assert(StackOffset.isMultipleOf(FieldAlign) && "unaligned inalloca struct");
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001436 Info = ABIArgInfo::getInAlloca(FrameFields.size());
1437 FrameFields.push_back(CGT.ConvertTypeForMem(Type));
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001438 StackOffset += getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Type);
Reid Klecknerd378a712014-04-10 19:09:43 +00001439
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001440 // Insert padding bytes to respect alignment.
1441 CharUnits FieldEnd = StackOffset;
1442 StackOffset = FieldEnd.RoundUpToAlignment(FieldAlign);
1443 if (StackOffset != FieldEnd) {
1444 CharUnits NumBytes = StackOffset - FieldEnd;
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001445 llvm::Type *Ty = llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext());
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001446 Ty = llvm::ArrayType::get(Ty, NumBytes.getQuantity());
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001447 FrameFields.push_back(Ty);
1448 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001449}
1450
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001451static bool isArgInAlloca(const ABIArgInfo &Info) {
1452 // Leave ignored and inreg arguments alone.
1453 switch (Info.getKind()) {
1454 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
1455 return true;
1456 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
1457 assert(Info.getIndirectByVal());
1458 return true;
1459 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
1460 return false;
1461 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
1462 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
1463 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
1464 if (Info.getInReg())
1465 return false;
1466 return true;
1467 }
1468 llvm_unreachable("invalid enum");
1469}
1470
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001471void X86_32ABIInfo::rewriteWithInAlloca(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
1472 assert(IsWin32StructABI && "inalloca only supported on win32");
1473
1474 // Build a packed struct type for all of the arguments in memory.
1475 SmallVector<llvm::Type *, 6> FrameFields;
1476
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001477 // The stack alignment is always 4.
1478 CharUnits StackAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
1479
1480 CharUnits StackOffset;
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001481 CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator I = FI.arg_begin(), E = FI.arg_end();
1482
1483 // Put 'this' into the struct before 'sret', if necessary.
1484 bool IsThisCall =
1485 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_ThisCall;
1486 ABIArgInfo &Ret = FI.getReturnInfo();
1487 if (Ret.isIndirect() && Ret.isSRetAfterThis() && !IsThisCall &&
1488 isArgInAlloca(I->info)) {
1489 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
1490 ++I;
1491 }
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001492
1493 // Put the sret parameter into the inalloca struct if it's in memory.
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001494 if (Ret.isIndirect() && !Ret.getInReg()) {
1495 CanQualType PtrTy = getContext().getPointerType(FI.getReturnType());
1496 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, Ret, PtrTy);
Reid Klecknerfab1e892014-02-25 00:59:14 +00001497 // On Windows, the hidden sret parameter is always returned in eax.
1498 Ret.setInAllocaSRet(IsWin32StructABI);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001499 }
1500
1501 // Skip the 'this' parameter in ecx.
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001502 if (IsThisCall)
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001503 ++I;
1504
1505 // Put arguments passed in memory into the struct.
1506 for (; I != E; ++I) {
Reid Kleckner852361d2014-07-26 00:12:26 +00001507 if (isArgInAlloca(I->info))
1508 addFieldToArgStruct(FrameFields, StackOffset, I->info, I->type);
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00001509 }
1510
1511 FI.setArgStruct(llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), FrameFields,
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001512 /*isPacked=*/true),
1513 StackAlign);
Rafael Espindolaa6472962012-07-24 00:01:07 +00001514}
1515
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001516Address X86_32ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1517 Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001518
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001519 auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001520
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001521 // x86-32 changes the alignment of certain arguments on the stack.
1522 //
1523 // Just messing with TypeInfo like this works because we never pass
1524 // anything indirectly.
1525 TypeInfo.second = CharUnits::fromQuantity(
1526 getTypeStackAlignInBytes(Ty, TypeInfo.second.getQuantity()));
Eli Friedman1d7dd3b2011-11-18 02:12:09 +00001527
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001528 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*Indirect*/ false,
1529 TypeInfo, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4),
1530 /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001531}
1532
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001533bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(
1534 const llvm::Triple &Triple, const CodeGenOptions &Opts) {
1535 assert(Triple.getArch() == llvm::Triple::x86);
1536
1537 switch (Opts.getStructReturnConvention()) {
1538 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_Default:
1539 break;
1540 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_OnStack: // -fpcc-struct-return
1541 return false;
1542 case CodeGenOptions::SRCK_InRegs: // -freg-struct-return
1543 return true;
1544 }
1545
Michael Kupersteind749f232015-10-27 07:46:22 +00001546 if (Triple.isOSDarwin() || Triple.isOSIAMCU())
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001547 return true;
1548
1549 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001550 case llvm::Triple::DragonFly:
1551 case llvm::Triple::FreeBSD:
1552 case llvm::Triple::OpenBSD:
1553 case llvm::Triple::Bitrig:
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001554 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Reid Kleckner2918fef2014-11-24 22:05:42 +00001555 return true;
Richard Sandiforddcb8d9c2014-07-08 11:10:34 +00001556 default:
1557 return false;
1558 }
1559}
1560
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001561void X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001562 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1563 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00001564 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001565 if (FD->hasAttr<X86ForceAlignArgPointerAttr>()) {
1566 // Get the LLVM function.
1567 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1568
1569 // Now add the 'alignstack' attribute with a value of 16.
Bill Wendlinga514ebc2012-10-15 20:36:26 +00001570 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
Bill Wendlingccf94c92012-10-14 03:28:14 +00001571 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(16);
Bill Wendling9a677922013-01-23 00:21:06 +00001572 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1573 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
1574 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
1575 B));
Charles Davis4ea31ab2010-02-13 15:54:06 +00001576 }
1577 }
1578}
1579
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001580bool X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
1581 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
1582 llvm::Value *Address) const {
1583 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001584
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001585 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001586
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001587 // 0-7 are the eight integer registers; the order is different
1588 // on Darwin (for EH), but the range is the same.
1589 // 8 is %eip.
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001590 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 8);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001591
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001592 if (CGF.CGM.getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001593 // 12-16 are st(0..4). Not sure why we stop at 4.
1594 // These have size 16, which is sizeof(long double) on
1595 // platforms with 8-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001596 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 16);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001597 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 12, 16);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001598
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001599 } else {
1600 // 9 is %eflags, which doesn't get a size on Darwin for some
1601 // reason.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001602 Builder.CreateAlignedStore(
1603 Four8, Builder.CreateConstInBoundsGEP1_32(CGF.Int8Ty, Address, 9),
1604 CharUnits::One());
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001605
1606 // 11-16 are st(0..5). Not sure why we stop at 5.
1607 // These have size 12, which is sizeof(long double) on
1608 // platforms with 4-byte alignment for that type.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001609 llvm::Value *Twelve8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 12);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001610 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Twelve8, 11, 16);
1611 }
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001612
1613 return false;
1614}
1615
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00001616//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1617// X86-64 ABI Implementation
1618//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
1619
1620
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001621namespace {
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001622/// The AVX ABI level for X86 targets.
1623enum class X86AVXABILevel {
1624 None,
Ahmed Bougacha0b938282015-06-22 21:31:43 +00001625 AVX,
1626 AVX512
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001627};
1628
1629/// \p returns the size in bits of the largest (native) vector for \p AVXLevel.
1630static unsigned getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) {
1631 switch (AVXLevel) {
Ahmed Bougacha0b938282015-06-22 21:31:43 +00001632 case X86AVXABILevel::AVX512:
1633 return 512;
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001634 case X86AVXABILevel::AVX:
1635 return 256;
1636 case X86AVXABILevel::None:
1637 return 128;
1638 }
Yaron Kerenb76cb042015-06-23 09:45:42 +00001639 llvm_unreachable("Unknown AVXLevel");
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001640}
1641
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001642/// X86_64ABIInfo - The X86_64 ABI information.
1643class X86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
1644 enum Class {
1645 Integer = 0,
1646 SSE,
1647 SSEUp,
1648 X87,
1649 X87Up,
1650 ComplexX87,
1651 NoClass,
1652 Memory
1653 };
1654
1655 /// merge - Implement the X86_64 ABI merging algorithm.
1656 ///
1657 /// Merge an accumulating classification \arg Accum with a field
1658 /// classification \arg Field.
1659 ///
1660 /// \param Accum - The accumulating classification. This should
1661 /// always be either NoClass or the result of a previous merge
1662 /// call. In addition, this should never be Memory (the caller
1663 /// should just return Memory for the aggregate).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00001664 static Class merge(Class Accum, Class Field);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001665
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001666 /// postMerge - Implement the X86_64 ABI post merging algorithm.
1667 ///
1668 /// Post merger cleanup, reduces a malformed Hi and Lo pair to
1669 /// final MEMORY or SSE classes when necessary.
1670 ///
1671 /// \param AggregateSize - The size of the current aggregate in
1672 /// the classification process.
1673 ///
1674 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1675 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1676 ///
1677 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1678 /// residing in the higher words of the containing object.
1679 ///
1680 void postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo, Class &Hi) const;
1681
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001682 /// classify - Determine the x86_64 register classes in which the
1683 /// given type T should be passed.
1684 ///
1685 /// \param Lo - The classification for the parts of the type
1686 /// residing in the low word of the containing object.
1687 ///
1688 /// \param Hi - The classification for the parts of the type
1689 /// residing in the high word of the containing object.
1690 ///
1691 /// \param OffsetBase - The bit offset of this type in the
1692 /// containing object. Some parameters are classified different
1693 /// depending on whether they straddle an eightbyte boundary.
1694 ///
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001695 /// \param isNamedArg - Whether the argument in question is a "named"
1696 /// argument, as used in AMD64-ABI 3.5.7.
1697 ///
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001698 /// If a word is unused its result will be NoClass; if a type should
1699 /// be passed in Memory then at least the classification of \arg Lo
1700 /// will be Memory.
1701 ///
Sylvestre Ledru33b5baf2012-09-27 10:16:10 +00001702 /// The \arg Lo class will be NoClass iff the argument is ignored.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001703 ///
1704 /// If the \arg Lo class is ComplexX87, then the \arg Hi class will
1705 /// also be ComplexX87.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001706 void classify(QualType T, uint64_t OffsetBase, Class &Lo, Class &Hi,
1707 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001708
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00001709 llvm::Type *GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00001710 llvm::Type *GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1711 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1712 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
1713 llvm::Type *GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType,
1714 unsigned IROffset, QualType SourceTy,
1715 unsigned SourceOffset) const;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001716
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001717 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001718 /// such that the argument will be returned in memory.
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001719 ABIArgInfo getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const;
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00001720
1721 /// getIndirectResult - Give a source type \arg Ty, return a suitable result
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001722 /// such that the argument will be passed in memory.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001723 ///
1724 /// \param freeIntRegs - The number of free integer registers remaining
1725 /// available.
1726 ABIArgInfo getIndirectResult(QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001727
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00001728 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001729
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001730 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001731 unsigned freeIntRegs,
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00001732 unsigned &neededInt,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001733 unsigned &neededSSE,
1734 bool isNamedArg) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001735
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001736 bool IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
1737
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001738 /// The 0.98 ABI revision clarified a lot of ambiguities,
1739 /// unfortunately in ways that were not always consistent with
1740 /// certain previous compilers. In particular, platforms which
1741 /// required strict binary compatibility with older versions of GCC
1742 /// may need to exempt themselves.
1743 bool honorsRevision0_98() const {
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00001744 return !getTarget().getTriple().isOSDarwin();
John McCalle0fda732011-04-21 01:20:55 +00001745 }
1746
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001747 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel;
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001748 // Some ABIs (e.g. X32 ABI and Native Client OS) use 32 bit pointers on
1749 // 64-bit hardware.
1750 bool Has64BitPointers;
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00001751
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001752public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001753 X86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel) :
1754 ABIInfo(CGT), AVXLevel(AVXLevel),
Derek Schuff8a872f32012-10-11 18:21:13 +00001755 Has64BitPointers(CGT.getDataLayout().getPointerSize(0) == 8) {
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00001756 }
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00001757
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001758 bool isPassedUsingAVXType(QualType type) const {
1759 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00001760 // The freeIntRegs argument doesn't matter here.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00001761 ABIArgInfo info = classifyArgumentType(type, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
1762 /*isNamedArg*/true);
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001763 if (info.isDirect()) {
1764 llvm::Type *ty = info.getCoerceToType();
1765 if (llvm::VectorType *vectorTy = dyn_cast_or_null<llvm::VectorType>(ty))
1766 return (vectorTy->getBitWidth() > 128);
1767 }
1768 return false;
1769 }
1770
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001771 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001772
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001773 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
1774 QualType Ty) const override;
Charles Davisc7d5c942015-09-17 20:55:33 +00001775 Address EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
1776 QualType Ty) const override;
Peter Collingbourne69b004d2015-02-25 23:18:42 +00001777
1778 bool has64BitPointers() const {
1779 return Has64BitPointers;
1780 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00001781};
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001782
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001783/// WinX86_64ABIInfo - The Windows X86_64 ABI information.
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001784class WinX86_64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001785public:
Reid Kleckner11a17192015-10-28 22:29:52 +00001786 WinX86_64ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT)
1787 : ABIInfo(CGT),
1788 IsMingw64(getTarget().getTriple().isWindowsGNUEnvironment()) {}
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00001789
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001790 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001791
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00001792 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
1793 QualType Ty) const override;
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00001794
1795 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override {
1796 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1797 return isX86VectorTypeForVectorCall(getContext(), Ty);
1798 }
1799
1800 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
1801 uint64_t NumMembers) const override {
1802 // FIXME: Assumes vectorcall is in use.
1803 return isX86VectorCallAggregateSmallEnough(NumMembers);
1804 }
Reid Kleckner11a17192015-10-28 22:29:52 +00001805
1806private:
1807 ABIArgInfo classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
1808 bool IsReturnType) const;
1809
1810 bool IsMingw64;
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001811};
1812
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001813class X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1814public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001815 X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
Alexey Bataev00396512015-07-02 03:40:19 +00001816 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new X86_64ABIInfo(CGT, AVXLevel)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001817
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001818 const X86_64ABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
1819 return static_cast<const X86_64ABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
1820 }
1821
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001822 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001823 return 7;
1824 }
1825
1826 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001827 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001828 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00001829
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00001830 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1831 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001832 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00001833 return false;
1834 }
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001835
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00001836 llvm::Type* adjustInlineAsmType(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Chris Lattner0e62c1c2011-07-23 10:55:15 +00001837 StringRef Constraint,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001838 llvm::Type* Ty) const override {
Peter Collingbourne8f5cf742011-02-19 23:03:58 +00001839 return X86AdjustInlineAsmType(CGF, Constraint, Ty);
1840 }
1841
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001842 bool isNoProtoCallVariadic(const CallArgList &args,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001843 const FunctionNoProtoType *fnType) const override {
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001844 // The default CC on x86-64 sets %al to the number of SSA
1845 // registers used, and GCC sets this when calling an unprototyped
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001846 // function, so we override the default behavior. However, don't do
Eli Friedmanb8e45b22011-12-06 03:08:26 +00001847 // that when AVX types are involved: the ABI explicitly states it is
1848 // undefined, and it doesn't work in practice because of how the ABI
1849 // defines varargs anyway.
Reid Kleckner78af0702013-08-27 23:08:25 +00001850 if (fnType->getCallConv() == CC_C) {
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001851 bool HasAVXType = false;
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001852 for (CallArgList::const_iterator
1853 it = args.begin(), ie = args.end(); it != ie; ++it) {
1854 if (getABIInfo().isPassedUsingAVXType(it->Ty)) {
1855 HasAVXType = true;
1856 break;
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001857 }
1858 }
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001859
Eli Friedmanf37bd2f2011-12-01 04:53:19 +00001860 if (!HasAVXType)
1861 return true;
1862 }
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001863
John McCalla729c622012-02-17 03:33:10 +00001864 return TargetCodeGenInfo::isNoProtoCallVariadic(args, fnType);
John McCallcbc038a2011-09-21 08:08:30 +00001865 }
1866
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001867 llvm::Constant *
1868 getUBSanFunctionSignature(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Peter Collingbourne69b004d2015-02-25 23:18:42 +00001869 unsigned Sig;
1870 if (getABIInfo().has64BitPointers())
1871 Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1872 (0x0a << 8) | // .+0x0c
1873 ('F' << 16) |
1874 ('T' << 24);
1875 else
1876 Sig = (0xeb << 0) | // jmp rel8
1877 (0x06 << 8) | // .+0x08
1878 ('F' << 16) |
1879 ('T' << 24);
Peter Collingbourneb453cd62013-10-20 21:29:19 +00001880 return llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGM.Int32Ty, Sig);
1881 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00001882};
1883
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001884class PS4TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo {
1885public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001886 PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
1887 : X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, AVXLevel) {}
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001888
1889 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00001890 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001891 Opt = "\01";
Yunzhong Gaod65200c2015-07-20 17:46:56 +00001892 // If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes.
1893 if (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos)
1894 Opt += "\"" + Lib.str() + "\"";
1895 else
1896 Opt += Lib;
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00001897 }
1898};
1899
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001900static std::string qualifyWindowsLibrary(llvm::StringRef Lib) {
Michael Kupersteinf0e4ccf2015-02-16 11:57:43 +00001901 // If the argument does not end in .lib, automatically add the suffix.
1902 // If the argument contains a space, enclose it in quotes.
1903 // This matches the behavior of MSVC.
1904 bool Quote = (Lib.find(" ") != StringRef::npos);
1905 std::string ArgStr = Quote ? "\"" : "";
1906 ArgStr += Lib;
Rui Ueyama727025a2013-10-31 19:12:53 +00001907 if (!Lib.endswith_lower(".lib"))
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001908 ArgStr += ".lib";
Michael Kupersteinf0e4ccf2015-02-16 11:57:43 +00001909 ArgStr += Quote ? "\"" : "";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001910 return ArgStr;
1911}
1912
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001913class WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo : public X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo {
1914public:
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00001915 WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +00001916 bool DarwinVectorABI, bool RetSmallStructInRegABI, bool Win32StructABI,
1917 unsigned NumRegisterParameters)
1918 : X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, DarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI,
Michael Kupersteinb1ec50d2015-10-19 08:09:43 +00001919 Win32StructABI, NumRegisterParameters, false) {}
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001920
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001921 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001922 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1923
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001924 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001925 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001926 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001927 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001928 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001929
1930 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1931 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001932 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001933 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001934 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001935};
1936
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001937static void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D,
1938 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1939 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00001940 if (D && isa<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001941 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize != 4096) {
1942 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
1943
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00001944 Fn->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size",
1945 llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001946 }
1947 }
1948}
1949
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001950void WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001951 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1952 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001953 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001954
1955 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
1956}
1957
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001958class WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
1959public:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00001960 WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT,
1961 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel)
Alexey Bataev00396512015-07-02 03:40:19 +00001962 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new WinX86_64ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001963
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001964 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001965 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
1966
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001967 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001968 return 7;
1969 }
1970
1971 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001972 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001973 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00001974
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001975 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
1976 // 16 is %rip.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00001977 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 16);
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001978 return false;
1979 }
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001980
1981 void getDependentLibraryOption(llvm::StringRef Lib,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001982 llvm::SmallString<24> &Opt) const override {
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001983 Opt = "/DEFAULTLIB:";
Aaron Ballmanef50ee92013-05-24 15:06:56 +00001984 Opt += qualifyWindowsLibrary(Lib);
Reid Klecknere43f0fe2013-05-08 13:44:39 +00001985 }
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001986
1987 void getDetectMismatchOption(llvm::StringRef Name,
1988 llvm::StringRef Value,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00001989 llvm::SmallString<32> &Opt) const override {
Eli Friedmanf60b8ce2013-06-07 22:42:22 +00001990 Opt = "/FAILIFMISMATCH:\"" + Name.str() + "=" + Value.str() + "\"";
Aaron Ballman5d041be2013-06-04 02:07:14 +00001991 }
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00001992};
1993
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001994void WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001995 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
1996 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00001997 TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
Hans Wennborg77dc2362015-01-20 19:45:50 +00001998
1999 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
2000}
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00002001}
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002002
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002003void X86_64ABIInfo::postMerge(unsigned AggregateSize, Class &Lo,
2004 Class &Hi) const {
2005 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 5. Then a post merger cleanup is done:
2006 //
2007 // (a) If one of the classes is Memory, the whole argument is passed in
2008 // memory.
2009 //
2010 // (b) If X87UP is not preceded by X87, the whole argument is passed in
2011 // memory.
2012 //
2013 // (c) If the size of the aggregate exceeds two eightbytes and the first
2014 // eightbyte isn't SSE or any other eightbyte isn't SSEUP, the whole
2015 // argument is passed in memory. NOTE: This is necessary to keep the
2016 // ABI working for processors that don't support the __m256 type.
2017 //
2018 // (d) If SSEUP is not preceded by SSE or SSEUP, it is converted to SSE.
2019 //
2020 // Some of these are enforced by the merging logic. Others can arise
2021 // only with unions; for example:
2022 // union { _Complex double; unsigned; }
2023 //
2024 // Note that clauses (b) and (c) were added in 0.98.
2025 //
2026 if (Hi == Memory)
2027 Lo = Memory;
2028 if (Hi == X87Up && Lo != X87 && honorsRevision0_98())
2029 Lo = Memory;
2030 if (AggregateSize > 128 && (Lo != SSE || Hi != SSEUp))
2031 Lo = Memory;
2032 if (Hi == SSEUp && Lo != SSE)
2033 Hi = SSE;
2034}
2035
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002036X86_64ABIInfo::Class X86_64ABIInfo::merge(Class Accum, Class Field) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002037 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 4. Each field of an object is
2038 // classified recursively so that always two fields are
2039 // considered. The resulting class is calculated according to
2040 // the classes of the fields in the eightbyte:
2041 //
2042 // (a) If both classes are equal, this is the resulting class.
2043 //
2044 // (b) If one of the classes is NO_CLASS, the resulting class is
2045 // the other class.
2046 //
2047 // (c) If one of the classes is MEMORY, the result is the MEMORY
2048 // class.
2049 //
2050 // (d) If one of the classes is INTEGER, the result is the
2051 // INTEGER.
2052 //
2053 // (e) If one of the classes is X87, X87UP, COMPLEX_X87 class,
2054 // MEMORY is used as class.
2055 //
2056 // (f) Otherwise class SSE is used.
2057
2058 // Accum should never be memory (we should have returned) or
2059 // ComplexX87 (because this cannot be passed in a structure).
2060 assert((Accum != Memory && Accum != ComplexX87) &&
2061 "Invalid accumulated classification during merge.");
2062 if (Accum == Field || Field == NoClass)
2063 return Accum;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002064 if (Field == Memory)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002065 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002066 if (Accum == NoClass)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002067 return Field;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002068 if (Accum == Integer || Field == Integer)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002069 return Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002070 if (Field == X87 || Field == X87Up || Field == ComplexX87 ||
2071 Accum == X87 || Accum == X87Up)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002072 return Memory;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002073 return SSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002074}
2075
Chris Lattner5c740f12010-06-30 19:14:05 +00002076void X86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, uint64_t OffsetBase,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002077 Class &Lo, Class &Hi, bool isNamedArg) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002078 // FIXME: This code can be simplified by introducing a simple value class for
2079 // Class pairs with appropriate constructor methods for the various
2080 // situations.
2081
2082 // FIXME: Some of the split computations are wrong; unaligned vectors
2083 // shouldn't be passed in registers for example, so there is no chance they
2084 // can straddle an eightbyte. Verify & simplify.
2085
2086 Lo = Hi = NoClass;
2087
2088 Class &Current = OffsetBase < 64 ? Lo : Hi;
2089 Current = Memory;
2090
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00002091 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002092 BuiltinType::Kind k = BT->getKind();
2093
2094 if (k == BuiltinType::Void) {
2095 Current = NoClass;
2096 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Int128 || k == BuiltinType::UInt128) {
2097 Lo = Integer;
2098 Hi = Integer;
2099 } else if (k >= BuiltinType::Bool && k <= BuiltinType::LongLong) {
2100 Current = Integer;
Chih-Hung Hsieh241a8902015-08-10 17:33:31 +00002101 } else if (k == BuiltinType::Float || k == BuiltinType::Double) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002102 Current = SSE;
2103 } else if (k == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
Chih-Hung Hsieh241a8902015-08-10 17:33:31 +00002104 const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat();
2105 if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad) {
2106 Lo = SSE;
2107 Hi = SSEUp;
2108 } else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended) {
2109 Lo = X87;
2110 Hi = X87Up;
2111 } else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble) {
2112 Current = SSE;
2113 } else
2114 llvm_unreachable("unexpected long double representation!");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002115 }
2116 // FIXME: _Decimal32 and _Decimal64 are SSE.
2117 // FIXME: _float128 and _Decimal128 are (SSE, SSEUp).
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002118 return;
2119 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002120
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002121 if (const EnumType *ET = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002122 // Classify the underlying integer type.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002123 classify(ET->getDecl()->getIntegerType(), OffsetBase, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002124 return;
2125 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002126
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002127 if (Ty->hasPointerRepresentation()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002128 Current = Integer;
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002129 return;
2130 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002131
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002132 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Jan Wen Voung01c21e82014-10-02 16:56:57 +00002133 if (Ty->isMemberFunctionPointerType()) {
2134 if (Has64BitPointers) {
2135 // If Has64BitPointers, this is an {i64, i64}, so classify both
2136 // Lo and Hi now.
2137 Lo = Hi = Integer;
2138 } else {
2139 // Otherwise, with 32-bit pointers, this is an {i32, i32}. If that
2140 // straddles an eightbyte boundary, Hi should be classified as well.
2141 uint64_t EB_FuncPtr = (OffsetBase) / 64;
2142 uint64_t EB_ThisAdj = (OffsetBase + 64 - 1) / 64;
2143 if (EB_FuncPtr != EB_ThisAdj) {
2144 Lo = Hi = Integer;
2145 } else {
2146 Current = Integer;
2147 }
2148 }
2149 } else {
Daniel Dunbar36d4d152010-05-15 00:00:37 +00002150 Current = Integer;
Jan Wen Voung01c21e82014-10-02 16:56:57 +00002151 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002152 return;
2153 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002154
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002155 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002156 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
David Majnemerf8d14db2015-07-17 05:49:13 +00002157 if (Size == 1 || Size == 8 || Size == 16 || Size == 32) {
2158 // gcc passes the following as integer:
2159 // 4 bytes - <4 x char>, <2 x short>, <1 x int>, <1 x float>
2160 // 2 bytes - <2 x char>, <1 x short>
2161 // 1 byte - <1 x char>
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002162 Current = Integer;
2163
2164 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
2165 // split.
David Majnemerf8d14db2015-07-17 05:49:13 +00002166 uint64_t EB_Lo = (OffsetBase) / 64;
2167 uint64_t EB_Hi = (OffsetBase + Size - 1) / 64;
2168 if (EB_Lo != EB_Hi)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002169 Hi = Lo;
2170 } else if (Size == 64) {
2171 // gcc passes <1 x double> in memory. :(
2172 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double))
2173 return;
2174
2175 // gcc passes <1 x long long> as INTEGER.
Chris Lattner46830f22010-08-26 18:03:20 +00002176 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::LongLong) ||
Chris Lattner69e683f2010-08-26 18:13:50 +00002177 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULongLong) ||
2178 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Long) ||
2179 VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ULong))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002180 Current = Integer;
2181 else
2182 Current = SSE;
2183
2184 // If this type crosses an eightbyte boundary, it should be
2185 // split.
2186 if (OffsetBase && OffsetBase != 64)
2187 Hi = Lo;
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00002188 } else if (Size == 128 ||
2189 (isNamedArg && Size <= getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel))) {
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002190 // Arguments of 256-bits are split into four eightbyte chunks. The
2191 // least significant one belongs to class SSE and all the others to class
2192 // SSEUP. The original Lo and Hi design considers that types can't be
2193 // greater than 128-bits, so a 64-bit split in Hi and Lo makes sense.
2194 // This design isn't correct for 256-bits, but since there're no cases
2195 // where the upper parts would need to be inspected, avoid adding
2196 // complexity and just consider Hi to match the 64-256 part.
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002197 //
2198 // Note that per 3.5.7 of AMD64-ABI, 256-bit args are only passed in
2199 // registers if they are "named", i.e. not part of the "..." of a
2200 // variadic function.
Ahmed Bougacha0b938282015-06-22 21:31:43 +00002201 //
2202 // Similarly, per 3.2.3. of the AVX512 draft, 512-bits ("named") args are
2203 // split into eight eightbyte chunks, one SSE and seven SSEUP.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002204 Lo = SSE;
2205 Hi = SSEUp;
2206 }
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002207 return;
2208 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002209
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002210 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002211 QualType ET = getContext().getCanonicalType(CT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002212
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002213 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Douglas Gregorb90df602010-06-16 00:17:44 +00002214 if (ET->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002215 if (Size <= 64)
2216 Current = Integer;
2217 else if (Size <= 128)
2218 Lo = Hi = Integer;
Chih-Hung Hsieh241a8902015-08-10 17:33:31 +00002219 } else if (ET == getContext().FloatTy) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002220 Current = SSE;
Chih-Hung Hsieh241a8902015-08-10 17:33:31 +00002221 } else if (ET == getContext().DoubleTy) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002222 Lo = Hi = SSE;
Chih-Hung Hsieh241a8902015-08-10 17:33:31 +00002223 } else if (ET == getContext().LongDoubleTy) {
2224 const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat();
2225 if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEquad)
2226 Current = Memory;
2227 else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended)
2228 Current = ComplexX87;
2229 else if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::IEEEdouble)
2230 Lo = Hi = SSE;
2231 else
2232 llvm_unreachable("unexpected long double representation!");
2233 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002234
2235 // If this complex type crosses an eightbyte boundary then it
2236 // should be split.
2237 uint64_t EB_Real = (OffsetBase) / 64;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002238 uint64_t EB_Imag = (OffsetBase + getContext().getTypeSize(ET)) / 64;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002239 if (Hi == NoClass && EB_Real != EB_Imag)
2240 Hi = Lo;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002241
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002242 return;
2243 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002244
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002245 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002246 // Arrays are treated like structures.
2247
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002248 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002249
2250 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002251 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
2252 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002253 return;
2254
2255 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If ..., or it contains unaligned
2256 // fields, it has class MEMORY.
2257 //
2258 // Only need to check alignment of array base.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002259 if (OffsetBase % getContext().getTypeAlign(AT->getElementType()))
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002260 return;
2261
2262 // Otherwise implement simplified merge. We could be smarter about
2263 // this, but it isn't worth it and would be harder to verify.
2264 Current = NoClass;
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002265 uint64_t EltSize = getContext().getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002266 uint64_t ArraySize = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
Bruno Cardoso Lopes75541d02011-07-12 01:27:38 +00002267
2268 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the array
2269 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
2270 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
2271 if (Size > 128 && EltSize != 256)
2272 return;
2273
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002274 for (uint64_t i=0, Offset=OffsetBase; i<ArraySize; ++i, Offset += EltSize) {
2275 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002276 classify(AT->getElementType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002277 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2278 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2279 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2280 break;
2281 }
2282
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002283 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002284 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp array classification.");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002285 return;
2286 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002287
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00002288 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002289 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002290
2291 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002292 // than four eightbytes, ..., it has class MEMORY.
2293 if (Size > 256)
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002294 return;
2295
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002296 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 2. If a C++ object has either a non-trivial
2297 // copy constructor or a non-trivial destructor, it is passed by invisible
2298 // reference.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002299 if (getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002300 return;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002301
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002302 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2303
2304 // Assume variable sized types are passed in memory.
2305 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
2306 return;
2307
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002308 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002309
2310 // Reset Lo class, this will be recomputed.
2311 Current = NoClass;
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002312
2313 // If this is a C++ record, classify the bases first.
2314 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002315 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2316 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002317 "Unexpected base class!");
2318 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002319 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002320
2321 // Classify this field.
2322 //
2323 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate exceeds a
2324 // single eightbyte, each is classified separately. Each eightbyte gets
2325 // initialized to class NO_CLASS.
2326 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002327 uint64_t Offset =
2328 OffsetBase + getContext().toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002329 classify(I.getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002330 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2331 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
David Majnemercefbc7c2015-07-08 05:14:29 +00002332 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory) {
2333 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
2334 return;
2335 }
Daniel Dunbare1cd0152009-11-22 23:01:23 +00002336 }
2337 }
2338
2339 // Classify the fields one at a time, merging the results.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002340 unsigned idx = 0;
Bruno Cardoso Lopes0aadf832011-07-12 22:30:58 +00002341 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
Argyrios Kyrtzidiscfbfe782009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002342 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002343 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
2344 bool BitField = i->isBitField();
2345
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002346 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 1. If the size of an object is larger than
2347 // four eightbytes, or it contains unaligned fields, it has class MEMORY.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002348 //
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002349 // The only case a 256-bit wide vector could be used is when the struct
2350 // contains a single 256-bit element. Since Lo and Hi logic isn't extended
2351 // to work for sizes wider than 128, early check and fallback to memory.
2352 //
2353 if (Size > 128 && getContext().getTypeSize(i->getType()) != 256) {
2354 Lo = Memory;
David Majnemer699dd042015-07-08 05:07:05 +00002355 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Bruno Cardoso Lopes98154a72011-07-13 21:58:55 +00002356 return;
2357 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002358 // Note, skip this test for bit-fields, see below.
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002359 if (!BitField && Offset % getContext().getTypeAlign(i->getType())) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002360 Lo = Memory;
David Majnemer699dd042015-07-08 05:07:05 +00002361 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002362 return;
2363 }
2364
2365 // Classify this field.
2366 //
2367 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p2: Rule 3. If the size of the aggregate
2368 // exceeds a single eightbyte, each is classified
2369 // separately. Each eightbyte gets initialized to class
2370 // NO_CLASS.
2371 Class FieldLo, FieldHi;
2372
2373 // Bit-fields require special handling, they do not force the
2374 // structure to be passed in memory even if unaligned, and
2375 // therefore they can straddle an eightbyte.
2376 if (BitField) {
2377 // Ignore padding bit-fields.
2378 if (i->isUnnamedBitfield())
2379 continue;
2380
2381 uint64_t Offset = OffsetBase + Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Richard Smithcaf33902011-10-10 18:28:20 +00002382 uint64_t Size = i->getBitWidthValue(getContext());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002383
2384 uint64_t EB_Lo = Offset / 64;
2385 uint64_t EB_Hi = (Offset + Size - 1) / 64;
Sylvestre Ledru0c4813e2013-10-06 09:54:18 +00002386
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002387 if (EB_Lo) {
2388 assert(EB_Hi == EB_Lo && "Invalid classification, type > 16 bytes.");
2389 FieldLo = NoClass;
2390 FieldHi = Integer;
2391 } else {
2392 FieldLo = Integer;
2393 FieldHi = EB_Hi ? Integer : NoClass;
2394 }
2395 } else
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002396 classify(i->getType(), Offset, FieldLo, FieldHi, isNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002397 Lo = merge(Lo, FieldLo);
2398 Hi = merge(Hi, FieldHi);
2399 if (Lo == Memory || Hi == Memory)
2400 break;
2401 }
2402
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002403 postMerge(Size, Lo, Hi);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002404 }
2405}
2406
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002407ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectReturnResult(QualType Ty) const {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002408 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2409 // place naturally.
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00002410 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002411 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2412 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2413 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2414
2415 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2416 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
2417 }
2418
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00002419 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty);
Daniel Dunbar53fac692010-04-21 19:49:55 +00002420}
2421
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002422bool X86_64ABIInfo::IsIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
2423 if (const VectorType *VecTy = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
2424 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VecTy);
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00002425 unsigned LargestVector = getNativeVectorSizeForAVXABI(AVXLevel);
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002426 if (Size <= 64 || Size > LargestVector)
2427 return true;
2428 }
2429
2430 return false;
2431}
2432
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002433ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::getIndirectResult(QualType Ty,
2434 unsigned freeIntRegs) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002435 // If this is a scalar LLVM value then assume LLVM will pass it in the right
2436 // place naturally.
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002437 //
2438 // This assumption is optimistic, as there could be free registers available
2439 // when we need to pass this argument in memory, and LLVM could try to pass
2440 // the argument in the free register. This does not seem to happen currently,
2441 // but this code would be much safer if we could mark the argument with
2442 // 'onstack'. See PR12193.
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00002443 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !IsIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00002444 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2445 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2446 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
2447
Anton Korobeynikov18adbf52009-06-06 09:36:29 +00002448 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
2449 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00002450 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002451
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002452 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00002453 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Anders Carlsson20759ad2009-09-16 15:53:40 +00002454
Chris Lattner44c2b902011-05-22 23:21:23 +00002455 // Compute the byval alignment. We specify the alignment of the byval in all
2456 // cases so that the mid-level optimizer knows the alignment of the byval.
2457 unsigned Align = std::max(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8, 8U);
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002458
2459 // Attempt to avoid passing indirect results using byval when possible. This
2460 // is important for good codegen.
2461 //
2462 // We do this by coercing the value into a scalar type which the backend can
2463 // handle naturally (i.e., without using byval).
2464 //
2465 // For simplicity, we currently only do this when we have exhausted all of the
2466 // free integer registers. Doing this when there are free integer registers
2467 // would require more care, as we would have to ensure that the coerced value
2468 // did not claim the unused register. That would require either reording the
2469 // arguments to the function (so that any subsequent inreg values came first),
2470 // or only doing this optimization when there were no following arguments that
2471 // might be inreg.
2472 //
2473 // We currently expect it to be rare (particularly in well written code) for
2474 // arguments to be passed on the stack when there are still free integer
2475 // registers available (this would typically imply large structs being passed
2476 // by value), so this seems like a fair tradeoff for now.
2477 //
2478 // We can revisit this if the backend grows support for 'onstack' parameter
2479 // attributes. See PR12193.
2480 if (freeIntRegs == 0) {
2481 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2482
2483 // If this type fits in an eightbyte, coerce it into the matching integral
2484 // type, which will end up on the stack (with alignment 8).
2485 if (Align == 8 && Size <= 64)
2486 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2487 Size));
2488 }
2489
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00002490 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(Align));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002491}
2492
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002493/// The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in a full vector XMM/YMM
2494/// register. Pick an LLVM IR type that will be passed as a vector register.
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002495llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::GetByteVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002496 // Wrapper structs/arrays that only contain vectors are passed just like
2497 // vectors; strip them off if present.
2498 if (const Type *InnerTy = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext()))
2499 Ty = QualType(InnerTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002500
Sanjay Pateleb2af4e2015-02-16 17:26:51 +00002501 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Chih-Hung Hsieh241a8902015-08-10 17:33:31 +00002502 if (isa<llvm::VectorType>(IRType) ||
2503 IRType->getTypeID() == llvm::Type::FP128TyID)
Andrea Di Biagioe7347c62015-06-02 19:34:40 +00002504 return IRType;
2505
2506 // We couldn't find the preferred IR vector type for 'Ty'.
2507 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
2508 assert((Size == 128 || Size == 256) && "Invalid type found!");
2509
2510 // Return a LLVM IR vector type based on the size of 'Ty'.
2511 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()),
2512 Size / 64);
Chris Lattner4200fe42010-07-29 04:56:46 +00002513}
2514
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002515/// BitsContainNoUserData - Return true if the specified [start,end) bit range
2516/// is known to either be off the end of the specified type or being in
2517/// alignment padding. The user type specified is known to be at most 128 bits
2518/// in size, and have passed through X86_64ABIInfo::classify with a successful
2519/// classification that put one of the two halves in the INTEGER class.
2520///
2521/// It is conservatively correct to return false.
2522static bool BitsContainNoUserData(QualType Ty, unsigned StartBit,
2523 unsigned EndBit, ASTContext &Context) {
2524 // If the bytes being queried are off the end of the type, there is no user
2525 // data hiding here. This handles analysis of builtins, vectors and other
2526 // types that don't contain interesting padding.
2527 unsigned TySize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
2528 if (TySize <= StartBit)
2529 return true;
2530
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002531 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = Context.getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
2532 unsigned EltSize = (unsigned)Context.getTypeSize(AT->getElementType());
2533 unsigned NumElts = (unsigned)AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
2534
2535 // Check each element to see if the element overlaps with the queried range.
2536 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumElts; ++i) {
2537 // If the element is after the span we care about, then we're done..
2538 unsigned EltOffset = i*EltSize;
2539 if (EltOffset >= EndBit) break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002540
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002541 unsigned EltStart = EltOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-EltOffset :0;
2542 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(AT->getElementType(), EltStart,
2543 EndBit-EltOffset, Context))
2544 return false;
2545 }
2546 // If it overlaps no elements, then it is safe to process as padding.
2547 return true;
2548 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002549
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002550 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
2551 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
2552 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002553
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002554 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
2555 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002556 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
2557 assert(!I.isVirtual() && !I.getType()->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002558 "Unexpected base class!");
2559 const CXXRecordDecl *Base =
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002560 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(I.getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002561
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002562 // If the base is after the span we care about, ignore it.
Benjamin Kramer2ef30312012-07-04 18:45:14 +00002563 unsigned BaseOffset = Context.toBits(Layout.getBaseClassOffset(Base));
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002564 if (BaseOffset >= EndBit) continue;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002565
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002566 unsigned BaseStart = BaseOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-BaseOffset :0;
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00002567 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(I.getType(), BaseStart,
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002568 EndBit-BaseOffset, Context))
2569 return false;
2570 }
2571 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002572
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002573 // Verify that no field has data that overlaps the region of interest. Yes
2574 // this could be sped up a lot by being smarter about queried fields,
2575 // however we're only looking at structs up to 16 bytes, so we don't care
2576 // much.
2577 unsigned idx = 0;
2578 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
2579 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
2580 unsigned FieldOffset = (unsigned)Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002581
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002582 // If we found a field after the region we care about, then we're done.
2583 if (FieldOffset >= EndBit) break;
2584
2585 unsigned FieldStart = FieldOffset < StartBit ? StartBit-FieldOffset :0;
2586 if (!BitsContainNoUserData(i->getType(), FieldStart, EndBit-FieldOffset,
2587 Context))
2588 return false;
2589 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002590
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002591 // If nothing in this record overlapped the area of interest, then we're
2592 // clean.
2593 return true;
2594 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002595
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002596 return false;
2597}
2598
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002599/// ContainsFloatAtOffset - Return true if the specified LLVM IR type has a
2600/// float member at the specified offset. For example, {int,{float}} has a
2601/// float at offset 4. It is conservatively correct for this routine to return
2602/// false.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002603static bool ContainsFloatAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002604 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002605 // Base case if we find a float.
2606 if (IROffset == 0 && IRType->isFloatTy())
2607 return true;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002608
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002609 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002610 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002611 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = TD.getStructLayout(STy);
2612 unsigned Elt = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2613 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(Elt);
2614 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(STy->getElementType(Elt), IROffset, TD);
2615 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002616
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002617 // If this is an array, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002618 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
2619 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002620 unsigned EltSize = TD.getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
2621 IROffset -= IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
2622 return ContainsFloatAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset, TD);
2623 }
2624
2625 return false;
2626}
2627
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002628
2629/// GetSSETypeAtOffset - Return a type that will be passed by the backend in the
2630/// low 8 bytes of an XMM register, corresponding to the SSE class.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002631llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2632GetSSETypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002633 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattner50a357e2010-07-29 18:19:50 +00002634 // The only three choices we have are either double, <2 x float>, or float. We
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002635 // pass as float if the last 4 bytes is just padding. This happens for
2636 // structs that contain 3 floats.
2637 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+32,
2638 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2639 return llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002640
Chris Lattnere556a712010-07-29 18:39:32 +00002641 // We want to pass as <2 x float> if the LLVM IR type contains a float at
2642 // offset+0 and offset+4. Walk the LLVM IR type to find out if this is the
2643 // case.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002644 if (ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset, getDataLayout()) &&
2645 ContainsFloatAtOffset(IRType, IROffset+4, getDataLayout()))
Chris Lattner9f8b4512010-08-25 23:39:14 +00002646 return llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()), 2);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002647
Chris Lattner7f4b81a2010-07-29 18:13:09 +00002648 return llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
2649}
2650
2651
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002652/// GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset - The ABI specifies that a value should be passed in
2653/// an 8-byte GPR. This means that we either have a scalar or we are talking
2654/// about the high or low part of an up-to-16-byte struct. This routine picks
2655/// the best LLVM IR type to represent this, which may be i64 or may be anything
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002656/// else that the backend will pass in a GPR that works better (e.g. i8, %foo*,
2657/// etc).
2658///
2659/// PrefType is an LLVM IR type that corresponds to (part of) the IR type for
2660/// the source type. IROffset is an offset in bytes into the LLVM IR type that
2661/// the 8-byte value references. PrefType may be null.
2662///
Alp Toker9907f082014-07-09 14:06:35 +00002663/// SourceTy is the source-level type for the entire argument. SourceOffset is
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002664/// an offset into this that we're processing (which is always either 0 or 8).
2665///
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002666llvm::Type *X86_64ABIInfo::
2667GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(llvm::Type *IRType, unsigned IROffset,
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002668 QualType SourceTy, unsigned SourceOffset) const {
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002669 // If we're dealing with an un-offset LLVM IR type, then it means that we're
2670 // returning an 8-byte unit starting with it. See if we can safely use it.
2671 if (IROffset == 0) {
2672 // Pointers and int64's always fill the 8-byte unit.
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002673 if ((isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && Has64BitPointers) ||
2674 IRType->isIntegerTy(64))
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002675 return IRType;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002676
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002677 // If we have a 1/2/4-byte integer, we can use it only if the rest of the
2678 // goodness in the source type is just tail padding. This is allowed to
2679 // kick in for struct {double,int} on the int, but not on
2680 // struct{double,int,int} because we wouldn't return the second int. We
2681 // have to do this analysis on the source type because we can't depend on
2682 // unions being lowered a specific way etc.
2683 if (IRType->isIntegerTy(8) || IRType->isIntegerTy(16) ||
Derek Schuffc7dd7222012-10-11 15:52:22 +00002684 IRType->isIntegerTy(32) ||
2685 (isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) && !Has64BitPointers)) {
2686 unsigned BitWidth = isa<llvm::PointerType>(IRType) ? 32 :
2687 cast<llvm::IntegerType>(IRType)->getBitWidth();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002688
Chris Lattnerc8b7b532010-07-29 07:30:00 +00002689 if (BitsContainNoUserData(SourceTy, SourceOffset*8+BitWidth,
2690 SourceOffset*8+64, getContext()))
2691 return IRType;
2692 }
2693 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002694
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002695 if (llvm::StructType *STy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002696 // If this is a struct, recurse into the field at the specified offset.
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002697 const llvm::StructLayout *SL = getDataLayout().getStructLayout(STy);
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002698 if (IROffset < SL->getSizeInBytes()) {
2699 unsigned FieldIdx = SL->getElementContainingOffset(IROffset);
2700 IROffset -= SL->getElementOffset(FieldIdx);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002701
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002702 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(STy->getElementType(FieldIdx), IROffset,
2703 SourceTy, SourceOffset);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002704 }
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002705 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002706
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00002707 if (llvm::ArrayType *ATy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(IRType)) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002708 llvm::Type *EltTy = ATy->getElementType();
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002709 unsigned EltSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(EltTy);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002710 unsigned EltOffset = IROffset/EltSize*EltSize;
Chris Lattner1c56d9a2010-07-29 17:40:35 +00002711 return GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(EltTy, IROffset-EltOffset, SourceTy,
2712 SourceOffset);
Chris Lattner98076a22010-07-29 07:43:55 +00002713 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002714
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002715 // Okay, we don't have any better idea of what to pass, so we pass this in an
2716 // integer register that isn't too big to fit the rest of the struct.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002717 unsigned TySizeInBytes =
2718 (unsigned)getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(SourceTy).getQuantity();
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002719
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002720 assert(TySizeInBytes != SourceOffset && "Empty field?");
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002721
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002722 // It is always safe to classify this as an integer type up to i64 that
2723 // isn't larger than the structure.
Chris Lattner3f763422010-07-29 17:34:39 +00002724 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
2725 std::min(TySizeInBytes-SourceOffset, 8U)*8);
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002726}
2727
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002728
2729/// GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair - Given a high and low type that can ideally
2730/// be used as elements of a two register pair to pass or return, return a
2731/// first class aggregate to represent them. For example, if the low part of
2732/// a by-value argument should be passed as i32* and the high part as float,
2733/// return {i32*, float}.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002734static llvm::Type *
Jay Foad7c57be32011-07-11 09:56:20 +00002735GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(llvm::Type *Lo, llvm::Type *Hi,
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002736 const llvm::DataLayout &TD) {
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002737 // In order to correctly satisfy the ABI, we need to the high part to start
2738 // at offset 8. If the high and low parts we inferred are both 4-byte types
2739 // (e.g. i32 and i32) then the resultant struct type ({i32,i32}) won't have
2740 // the second element at offset 8. Check for this:
2741 unsigned LoSize = (unsigned)TD.getTypeAllocSize(Lo);
2742 unsigned HiAlign = TD.getABITypeAlignment(Hi);
David Majnemered684072014-10-20 06:13:36 +00002743 unsigned HiStart = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(LoSize, HiAlign);
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002744 assert(HiStart != 0 && HiStart <= 8 && "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002745
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002746 // To handle this, we have to increase the size of the low part so that the
2747 // second element will start at an 8 byte offset. We can't increase the size
2748 // of the second element because it might make us access off the end of the
2749 // struct.
2750 if (HiStart != 8) {
Derek Schuff5ec51282015-06-24 22:36:38 +00002751 // There are usually two sorts of types the ABI generation code can produce
2752 // for the low part of a pair that aren't 8 bytes in size: float or
2753 // i8/i16/i32. This can also include pointers when they are 32-bit (X32 and
2754 // NaCl).
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002755 // Promote these to a larger type.
2756 if (Lo->isFloatTy())
2757 Lo = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(Lo->getContext());
2758 else {
Derek Schuff3c6a48d2015-06-24 22:36:36 +00002759 assert((Lo->isIntegerTy() || Lo->isPointerTy())
2760 && "Invalid/unknown lo type");
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002761 Lo = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Lo->getContext());
2762 }
2763 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002764
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002765 llvm::StructType *Result = llvm::StructType::get(Lo, Hi, nullptr);
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002766
2767
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002768 // Verify that the second element is at an 8-byte offset.
2769 assert(TD.getStructLayout(Result)->getElementOffset(1) == 8 &&
2770 "Invalid x86-64 argument pair!");
2771 return Result;
2772}
2773
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002774ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00002775classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002776 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 1. Classify the return type with the
2777 // classification algorithm.
2778 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002779 classify(RetTy, 0, Lo, Hi, /*isNamedArg*/ true);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002780
2781 // Check some invariants.
2782 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002783 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2784
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002785 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002786 switch (Lo) {
2787 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002788 if (Hi == NoClass)
2789 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2790 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2791 // null.
2792 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2793 "Unknown missing lo part");
2794 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002795
2796 case SSEUp:
2797 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002798 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002799
2800 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 2. Types of class memory are returned via
2801 // hidden argument.
2802 case Memory:
2803 return getIndirectReturnResult(RetTy);
2804
2805 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 3. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2806 // available register of the sequence %rax, %rdx is used.
2807 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002808 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002809
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002810 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2811 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2812 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2813 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2814 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
2815 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002816
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002817 if (RetTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2818 RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
2819 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2820 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002821 break;
2822
2823 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 4. If the class is SSE, the next
2824 // available SSE register of the sequence %xmm0, %xmm1 is used.
2825 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002826 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 0, RetTy, 0);
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002827 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002828
2829 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 6. If the class is X87, the value is
2830 // returned on the X87 stack in %st0 as 80-bit x87 number.
2831 case X87:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002832 ResType = llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext());
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002833 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002834
2835 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 8. If the class is COMPLEX_X87, the real
2836 // part of the value is returned in %st0 and the imaginary part in
2837 // %st1.
2838 case ComplexX87:
2839 assert(Hi == ComplexX87 && "Unexpected ComplexX87 classification.");
Chris Lattner845511f2011-06-18 22:49:11 +00002840 ResType = llvm::StructType::get(llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00002841 llvm::Type::getX86_FP80Ty(getVMContext()),
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00002842 nullptr);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002843 break;
2844 }
2845
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002846 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002847 switch (Hi) {
2848 // Memory was handled previously and X87 should
2849 // never occur as a hi class.
2850 case Memory:
2851 case X87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002852 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002853
2854 case ComplexX87: // Previously handled.
Chris Lattnerfa560fe2010-07-28 23:12:33 +00002855 case NoClass:
2856 break;
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002857
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002858 case Integer:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002859 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002860 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2861 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002862 break;
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002863 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002864 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002865 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2866 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002867 break;
2868
2869 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 5. If the class is SSEUP, the eightbyte
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002870 // is passed in the next available eightbyte chunk if the last used
2871 // vector register.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002872 //
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002873 // SSEUP should always be preceded by SSE, just widen.
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002874 case SSEUp:
2875 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification.");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00002876 ResType = GetByteVectorType(RetTy);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002877 break;
2878
2879 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p4: Rule 7. If the class is X87UP, the value is
2880 // returned together with the previous X87 value in %st0.
2881 case X87Up:
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002882 // If X87Up is preceded by X87, we don't need to do
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002883 // anything. However, in some cases with unions it may not be
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002884 // preceded by X87. In such situations we follow gcc and pass the
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002885 // extra bits in an SSE reg.
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002886 if (Lo != X87) {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002887 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(RetTy), 8, RetTy, 8);
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002888 if (Lo == NoClass) // Return HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2889 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattnerc95a3982010-07-29 17:49:08 +00002890 }
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002891 break;
2892 }
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00002893
Chris Lattner52b3c132010-09-01 00:20:33 +00002894 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002895 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
2896 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
Chris Lattnerd426c8e2010-09-01 00:50:20 +00002897 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00002898 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002899
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002900 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Chris Lattner31faff52010-07-28 23:06:14 +00002901}
2902
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002903ABIArgInfo X86_64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002904 QualType Ty, unsigned freeIntRegs, unsigned &neededInt, unsigned &neededSSE,
2905 bool isNamedArg)
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002906 const
2907{
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00002908 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
2909
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002910 X86_64ABIInfo::Class Lo, Hi;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00002911 classify(Ty, 0, Lo, Hi, isNamedArg);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002912
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002913 // Check some invariants.
2914 // FIXME: Enforce these by construction.
2915 assert((Hi != Memory || Lo == Memory) && "Invalid memory classification.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002916 assert((Hi != SSEUp || Lo == SSE) && "Invalid SSEUp classification.");
2917
2918 neededInt = 0;
2919 neededSSE = 0;
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002920 llvm::Type *ResType = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002921 switch (Lo) {
2922 case NoClass:
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00002923 if (Hi == NoClass)
2924 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
2925 // If the low part is just padding, it takes no register, leave ResType
2926 // null.
2927 assert((Hi == SSE || Hi == Integer || Hi == X87Up) &&
2928 "Unknown missing lo part");
2929 break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002930
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002931 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 1. If the class is MEMORY, pass the argument
2932 // on the stack.
2933 case Memory:
2934
2935 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 5. If the class is X87, X87UP or
2936 // COMPLEX_X87, it is passed in memory.
2937 case X87:
2938 case ComplexX87:
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00002939 if (getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()) == CGCXXABI::RAA_Indirect)
Eli Friedman4774b7e2011-06-29 07:04:55 +00002940 ++neededInt;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00002941 return getIndirectResult(Ty, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002942
2943 case SSEUp:
2944 case X87Up:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002945 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for lo word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002946
2947 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 2. If the class is INTEGER, the next
2948 // available register of the sequence %rdi, %rsi, %rdx, %rcx, %r8
2949 // and %r9 is used.
2950 case Integer:
Chris Lattner22a931e2010-06-29 06:01:59 +00002951 ++neededInt;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002952
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002953 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002954 ResType = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 0, Ty, 0);
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002955
2956 // If we have a sign or zero extended integer, make sure to return Extend
2957 // so that the parameter gets the right LLVM IR attributes.
2958 if (Hi == NoClass && isa<llvm::IntegerType>(ResType)) {
2959 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
2960 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
2961 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002962
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00002963 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() &&
2964 Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
2965 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
2966 }
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002967
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002968 break;
2969
2970 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 3. If the class is SSE, the next
2971 // available SSE register is used, the registers are taken in the
2972 // order from %xmm0 to %xmm7.
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002973 case SSE: {
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002974 llvm::Type *IRType = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Eli Friedman1310c682011-07-02 00:57:27 +00002975 ResType = GetSSETypeAtOffset(IRType, 0, Ty, 0);
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00002976 ++neededSSE;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002977 break;
2978 }
Bill Wendling5cd41c42010-10-18 03:41:31 +00002979 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002980
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00002981 llvm::Type *HighPart = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002982 switch (Hi) {
2983 // Memory was handled previously, ComplexX87 and X87 should
Chris Lattner57540c52011-04-15 05:22:18 +00002984 // never occur as hi classes, and X87Up must be preceded by X87,
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002985 // which is passed in memory.
2986 case Memory:
2987 case X87:
2988 case ComplexX87:
David Blaikie83d382b2011-09-23 05:06:16 +00002989 llvm_unreachable("Invalid classification for hi word.");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002990
2991 case NoClass: break;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002992
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002993 case Integer:
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00002994 ++neededInt;
Chris Lattnerb22f1c82010-07-28 22:44:07 +00002995 // Pick an 8-byte type based on the preferred type.
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00002996 HighPart = GetINTEGERTypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00002997
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00002998 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
2999 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003000 break;
3001
3002 // X87Up generally doesn't occur here (long double is passed in
3003 // memory), except in situations involving unions.
3004 case X87Up:
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00003005 case SSE:
Chris Lattnera5f58b02011-07-09 17:41:47 +00003006 HighPart = GetSSETypeAtOffset(CGT.ConvertType(Ty), 8, Ty, 8);
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003007
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00003008 if (Lo == NoClass) // Pass HighPart at offset 8 in memory.
3009 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HighPart, 8);
Chris Lattner8a2f3c72010-07-30 04:02:24 +00003010
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003011 ++neededSSE;
3012 break;
3013
3014 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Rule 4. If the class is SSEUP, the
3015 // eightbyte is passed in the upper half of the last used SSE
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003016 // register. This only happens when 128-bit vectors are passed.
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003017 case SSEUp:
Chris Lattnerf4ba08a2010-07-28 23:47:21 +00003018 assert(Lo == SSE && "Unexpected SSEUp classification");
Bruno Cardoso Lopes21a41bb2011-07-11 22:41:29 +00003019 ResType = GetByteVectorType(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003020 break;
3021 }
3022
Chris Lattnerbe5eb172010-09-01 00:24:35 +00003023 // If a high part was specified, merge it together with the low part. It is
3024 // known to pass in the high eightbyte of the result. We do this by forming a
3025 // first class struct aggregate with the high and low part: {low, high}
3026 if (HighPart)
Micah Villmowdd31ca12012-10-08 16:25:52 +00003027 ResType = GetX86_64ByValArgumentPair(ResType, HighPart, getDataLayout());
Michael J. Spencerf5a1fbc2010-10-19 06:39:39 +00003028
Chris Lattner1f3a0632010-07-29 21:42:50 +00003029 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003030}
3031
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00003032void X86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003033
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003034 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3035 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003036
3037 // Keep track of the number of assigned registers.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00003038 unsigned freeIntRegs = 6, freeSSERegs = 8;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003039
3040 // If the return value is indirect, then the hidden argument is consuming one
3041 // integer register.
3042 if (FI.getReturnInfo().isIndirect())
3043 --freeIntRegs;
3044
Peter Collingbournef7706832014-12-12 23:41:25 +00003045 // The chain argument effectively gives us another free register.
3046 if (FI.isChainCall())
3047 ++freeIntRegs;
3048
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00003049 unsigned NumRequiredArgs = FI.getNumRequiredArgs();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003050 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: Once arguments are classified, the registers
3051 // get assigned (in left-to-right order) for passing as follows...
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00003052 unsigned ArgNo = 0;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003053 for (CGFunctionInfo::arg_iterator it = FI.arg_begin(), ie = FI.arg_end();
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00003054 it != ie; ++it, ++ArgNo) {
3055 bool IsNamedArg = ArgNo < NumRequiredArgs;
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00003056
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00003057 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00003058 it->info = classifyArgumentType(it->type, freeIntRegs, neededInt,
Alexey Samsonov34625dd2014-09-29 21:21:48 +00003059 neededSSE, IsNamedArg);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003060
3061 // AMD64-ABI 3.2.3p3: If there are no registers available for any
3062 // eightbyte of an argument, the whole argument is passed on the
3063 // stack. If registers have already been assigned for some
3064 // eightbytes of such an argument, the assignments get reverted.
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00003065 if (freeIntRegs >= neededInt && freeSSERegs >= neededSSE) {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003066 freeIntRegs -= neededInt;
3067 freeSSERegs -= neededSSE;
3068 } else {
Daniel Dunbarf07b5ec2012-03-10 01:03:58 +00003069 it->info = getIndirectResult(it->type, freeIntRegs);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003070 }
3071 }
3072}
3073
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003074static Address EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3075 Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty) {
3076 Address overflow_arg_area_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
3077 VAListAddr, 2, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8), "overflow_arg_area_p");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003078 llvm::Value *overflow_arg_area =
3079 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(overflow_arg_area_p, "overflow_arg_area");
3080
3081 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 7. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to a 16
3082 // byte boundary if alignment needed by type exceeds 8 byte boundary.
Eli Friedmana1748562011-11-18 02:44:19 +00003083 // It isn't stated explicitly in the standard, but in practice we use
3084 // alignment greater than 16 where necessary.
Petar Jovanovic402257b2015-12-04 00:26:47 +00003085 CharUnits Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty);
3086 if (Align > CharUnits::fromQuantity(8)) {
3087 overflow_arg_area = emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CGF, overflow_arg_area,
3088 Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003089 }
3090
3091 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 8. Fetch type from l->overflow_arg_area.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00003092 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003093 llvm::Value *Res =
3094 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(overflow_arg_area,
Owen Anderson9793f0e2009-07-29 22:16:19 +00003095 llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(LTy));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003096
3097 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 9. Set l->overflow_arg_area to:
3098 // l->overflow_arg_area + sizeof(type).
3099 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 10. Align l->overflow_arg_area upwards to
3100 // an 8 byte boundary.
3101
3102 uint64_t SizeInBytes = (CGF.getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 7) / 8;
Owen Anderson41a75022009-08-13 21:57:51 +00003103 llvm::Value *Offset =
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00003104 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, (SizeInBytes + 7) & ~7);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003105 overflow_arg_area = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(overflow_arg_area, Offset,
3106 "overflow_arg_area.next");
3107 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(overflow_arg_area, overflow_arg_area_p);
3108
3109 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 11. Return the fetched type.
Petar Jovanovic402257b2015-12-04 00:26:47 +00003110 return Address(Res, Align);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003111}
3112
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003113Address X86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3114 QualType Ty) const {
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003115 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
3116 // struct {
3117 // i32 gp_offset;
3118 // i32 fp_offset;
3119 // i8* overflow_arg_area;
3120 // i8* reg_save_area;
3121 // };
Bill Wendling9987c0e2010-10-18 23:51:38 +00003122 unsigned neededInt, neededSSE;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003123
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003124 Ty = getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003125 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty, 0, neededInt, neededSSE,
Eli Friedman96fd2642013-06-12 00:13:45 +00003126 /*isNamedArg*/false);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003127
3128 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 1. Determine whether type may be passed
3129 // in the registers. If not go to step 7.
3130 if (!neededInt && !neededSSE)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003131 return EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003132
3133 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 2. Compute num_gp to hold the number of
3134 // general purpose registers needed to pass type and num_fp to hold
3135 // the number of floating point registers needed.
3136
3137 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 3. Verify whether arguments fit into
3138 // registers. In the case: l->gp_offset > 48 - num_gp * 8 or
3139 // l->fp_offset > 304 - num_fp * 16 go to step 7.
3140 //
3141 // NOTE: 304 is a typo, there are (6 * 8 + 8 * 16) = 176 bytes of
3142 // register save space).
3143
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00003144 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003145 Address gp_offset_p = Address::invalid(), fp_offset_p = Address::invalid();
3146 llvm::Value *gp_offset = nullptr, *fp_offset = nullptr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003147 if (neededInt) {
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00003148 gp_offset_p =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003149 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0, CharUnits::Zero(),
3150 "gp_offset_p");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003151 gp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(gp_offset_p, "gp_offset");
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00003152 InRegs = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 48 - neededInt * 8);
3153 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(gp_offset, InRegs, "fits_in_gp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003154 }
3155
3156 if (neededSSE) {
David Blaikie1ed728c2015-04-05 22:45:47 +00003157 fp_offset_p =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003158 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 1, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4),
3159 "fp_offset_p");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003160 fp_offset = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(fp_offset_p, "fp_offset");
3161 llvm::Value *FitsInFP =
Chris Lattnerd776fb12010-06-28 21:43:59 +00003162 llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 176 - neededSSE * 16);
3163 FitsInFP = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULE(fp_offset, FitsInFP, "fits_in_fp");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003164 InRegs = InRegs ? CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(InRegs, FitsInFP) : FitsInFP;
3165 }
3166
3167 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
3168 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
3169 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
3170 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
3171
3172 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
3173
3174 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
3175
3176 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 4. Fetch type from l->reg_save_area with
3177 // an offset of l->gp_offset and/or l->fp_offset. This may require
3178 // copying to a temporary location in case the parameter is passed
3179 // in different register classes or requires an alignment greater
3180 // than 8 for general purpose registers and 16 for XMM registers.
3181 //
3182 // FIXME: This really results in shameful code when we end up needing to
3183 // collect arguments from different places; often what should result in a
3184 // simple assembling of a structure from scattered addresses has many more
3185 // loads than necessary. Can we clean this up?
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00003186 llvm::Type *LTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003187 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
3188 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)),
3189 "reg_save_area");
3190
3191 Address RegAddr = Address::invalid();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003192 if (neededInt && neededSSE) {
3193 // FIXME: Cleanup.
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00003194 assert(AI.isDirect() && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00003195 llvm::StructType *ST = cast<llvm::StructType>(AI.getCoerceToType());
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003196 Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
3197 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, ST);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003198 assert(ST->getNumElements() == 2 && "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00003199 llvm::Type *TyLo = ST->getElementType(0);
3200 llvm::Type *TyHi = ST->getElementType(1);
Chris Lattner51e1cc22010-08-26 06:28:35 +00003201 assert((TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ^ TyHi->isFPOrFPVectorTy()) &&
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003202 "Unexpected ABI info for mixed regs");
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00003203 llvm::Type *PTyLo = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyLo);
3204 llvm::Type *PTyHi = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(TyHi);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003205 llvm::Value *GPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, gp_offset);
3206 llvm::Value *FPAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset);
Rafael Espindola0a500af2014-06-24 20:01:50 +00003207 llvm::Value *RegLoAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? FPAddr : GPAddr;
3208 llvm::Value *RegHiAddr = TyLo->isFPOrFPVectorTy() ? GPAddr : FPAddr;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003209
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003210 // Copy the first element.
3211 llvm::Value *V =
3212 CGF.Builder.CreateDefaultAlignedLoad(
3213 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegLoAddr, PTyLo));
3214 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V,
3215 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0, CharUnits::Zero()));
3216
3217 // Copy the second element.
3218 V = CGF.Builder.CreateDefaultAlignedLoad(
3219 CGF.Builder.CreateBitCast(RegHiAddr, PTyHi));
3220 CharUnits Offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(
3221 getDataLayout().getStructLayout(ST)->getElementOffset(1));
3222 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1, Offset));
3223
3224 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, LTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003225 } else if (neededInt) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003226 RegAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, gp_offset),
3227 CharUnits::fromQuantity(8));
3228 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, LTy);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00003229
3230 // Copy to a temporary if necessary to ensure the appropriate alignment.
3231 std::pair<CharUnits, CharUnits> SizeAlign =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003232 getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00003233 uint64_t TySize = SizeAlign.first.getQuantity();
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003234 CharUnits TyAlign = SizeAlign.second;
3235
3236 // Copy into a temporary if the type is more aligned than the
3237 // register save area.
3238 if (TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) {
3239 Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
3240 CGF.Builder.CreateMemCpy(Tmp, RegAddr, TySize, false);
Eli Friedmanc11c1692013-06-07 23:20:55 +00003241 RegAddr = Tmp;
3242 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003243
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003244 } else if (neededSSE == 1) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003245 RegAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset),
3246 CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
3247 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, LTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003248 } else {
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003249 assert(neededSSE == 2 && "Invalid number of needed registers!");
3250 // SSE registers are spaced 16 bytes apart in the register save
3251 // area, we need to collect the two eightbytes together.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003252 // The ABI isn't explicit about this, but it seems reasonable
3253 // to assume that the slots are 16-byte aligned, since the stack is
3254 // naturally 16-byte aligned and the prologue is expected to store
3255 // all the SSE registers to the RSA.
3256 Address RegAddrLo = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, fp_offset),
3257 CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
3258 Address RegAddrHi =
3259 CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RegAddrLo,
3260 CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003261 llvm::Type *DoubleTy = CGF.DoubleTy;
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00003262 llvm::StructType *ST = llvm::StructType::get(DoubleTy, DoubleTy, nullptr);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003263 llvm::Value *V;
3264 Address Tmp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty);
3265 Tmp = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, ST);
3266 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
3267 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddrLo, DoubleTy));
3268 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V,
3269 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 0, CharUnits::Zero()));
3270 V = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(
3271 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddrHi, DoubleTy));
3272 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V,
3273 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(Tmp, 1, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8)));
3274
3275 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, LTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003276 }
3277
3278 // AMD64-ABI 3.5.7p5: Step 5. Set:
3279 // l->gp_offset = l->gp_offset + num_gp * 8
3280 // l->fp_offset = l->fp_offset + num_fp * 16.
3281 if (neededInt) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00003282 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededInt * 8);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003283 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(gp_offset, Offset),
3284 gp_offset_p);
3285 }
3286 if (neededSSE) {
Chris Lattner5e016ae2010-06-27 07:15:29 +00003287 llvm::Value *Offset = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, neededSSE * 16);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003288 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(fp_offset, Offset),
3289 fp_offset_p);
3290 }
3291 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
3292
3293 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
3294
3295 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003296 Address MemAddr = EmitX86_64VAArgFromMemory(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003297
3298 // Return the appropriate result.
3299
3300 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003301 Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock, MemAddr, InMemBlock,
3302 "vaarg.addr");
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00003303 return ResAddr;
3304}
3305
Charles Davisc7d5c942015-09-17 20:55:33 +00003306Address X86_64ABIInfo::EmitMSVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3307 QualType Ty) const {
3308 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
3309 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty),
3310 CharUnits::fromQuantity(8),
3311 /*allowHigherAlign*/ false);
3312}
3313
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003314ABIArgInfo WinX86_64ABIInfo::classify(QualType Ty, unsigned &FreeSSERegs,
3315 bool IsReturnType) const {
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003316
3317 if (Ty->isVoidType())
3318 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
3319
3320 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3321 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3322
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003323 TypeInfo Info = getContext().getTypeInfo(Ty);
3324 uint64_t Width = Info.Width;
Reid Kleckner11a17192015-10-28 22:29:52 +00003325 CharUnits Align = getContext().toCharUnitsFromBits(Info.Align);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003326
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003327 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
3328 if (RT) {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003329 if (!IsReturnType) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003330 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(RT, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003331 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Timur Iskhodzhanov8fe501d2013-04-17 12:54:10 +00003332 }
3333
3334 if (RT->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003335 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003336
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003337 }
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003338
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003339 // vectorcall adds the concept of a homogenous vector aggregate, similar to
3340 // other targets.
3341 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3342 uint64_t NumElts = 0;
3343 if (FreeSSERegs && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumElts)) {
3344 if (FreeSSERegs >= NumElts) {
3345 FreeSSERegs -= NumElts;
3346 if (IsReturnType || Ty->isBuiltinType() || Ty->isVectorType())
3347 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3348 return ABIArgInfo::getExpand();
3349 }
Reid Kleckner11a17192015-10-28 22:29:52 +00003350 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003351 }
3352
3353
Reid Klecknerec87fec2014-05-02 01:17:12 +00003354 if (Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
Reid Kleckner7f5f0f32014-05-02 01:14:59 +00003355 // If the member pointer is represented by an LLVM int or ptr, pass it
3356 // directly.
3357 llvm::Type *LLTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
3358 if (LLTy->isPointerTy() || LLTy->isIntegerTy())
3359 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003360 }
3361
Michael Kuperstein4f818702015-02-24 09:35:58 +00003362 if (RT || Ty->isAnyComplexType() || Ty->isMemberPointerType()) {
NAKAMURA Takumif8a6e802011-02-22 03:56:57 +00003363 // MS x64 ABI requirement: "Any argument that doesn't fit in 8 bytes, or is
3364 // not 1, 2, 4, or 8 bytes, must be passed by reference."
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003365 if (Width > 64 || !llvm::isPowerOf2_64(Width))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003366 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003367
Reid Kleckner9005f412014-05-02 00:51:20 +00003368 // Otherwise, coerce it to a small integer.
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003369 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Width));
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003370 }
3371
Julien Lerouge10dcff82014-08-27 00:36:55 +00003372 // Bool type is always extended to the ABI, other builtin types are not
3373 // extended.
3374 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
3375 if (BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Bool)
Julien Lerougee8d34fa2014-08-26 22:11:53 +00003376 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
3377
Reid Kleckner11a17192015-10-28 22:29:52 +00003378 // Mingw64 GCC uses the old 80 bit extended precision floating point unit. It
3379 // passes them indirectly through memory.
3380 if (IsMingw64 && BT && BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble) {
3381 const llvm::fltSemantics *LDF = &getTarget().getLongDoubleFormat();
3382 if (LDF == &llvm::APFloat::x87DoubleExtended)
3383 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(Align, /*ByVal=*/false);
3384 }
3385
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003386 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3387}
3388
3389void WinX86_64ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003390 bool IsVectorCall =
3391 FI.getCallingConvention() == llvm::CallingConv::X86_VectorCall;
Reid Kleckner37abaca2014-05-09 22:46:15 +00003392
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003393 // We can use up to 4 SSE return registers with vectorcall.
3394 unsigned FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 4 : 0;
3395 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3396 FI.getReturnInfo() = classify(FI.getReturnType(), FreeSSERegs, true);
3397
3398 // We can use up to 6 SSE register parameters with vectorcall.
3399 FreeSSERegs = IsVectorCall ? 6 : 0;
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003400 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
Reid Kleckner80944df2014-10-31 22:00:51 +00003401 I.info = classify(I.type, FreeSSERegs, false);
NAKAMURA Takumibd91f502011-01-17 22:56:31 +00003402}
3403
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003404Address WinX86_64ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3405 QualType Ty) const {
3406 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
3407 CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty),
3408 CharUnits::fromQuantity(8),
3409 /*allowHigherAlign*/ false);
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00003410}
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00003411
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003412// PowerPC-32
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003413namespace {
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003414/// PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 32-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3415class PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003416public:
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003417 PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
3418
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003419 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3420 QualType Ty) const override;
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003421};
3422
3423class PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
3424public:
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003425 PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
3426 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003427
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003428 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003429 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3430 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3431 }
3432
3433 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003434 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003435};
3436
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00003437}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003438
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003439Address PPC32_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAList,
3440 QualType Ty) const {
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003441 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3442 // TODO: Implement this. For now ignore.
3443 (void)CTy;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003444 return Address::invalid();
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003445 }
3446
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003447 // struct __va_list_tag {
3448 // unsigned char gpr;
3449 // unsigned char fpr;
3450 // unsigned short reserved;
3451 // void *overflow_arg_area;
3452 // void *reg_save_area;
3453 // };
3454
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003455 bool isI64 = Ty->isIntegerType() && getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 64;
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003456 bool isInt =
3457 Ty->isIntegerType() || Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isAggregateType();
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003458
3459 // All aggregates are passed indirectly? That doesn't seem consistent
3460 // with the argument-lowering code.
3461 bool isIndirect = Ty->isAggregateType();
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003462
3463 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003464
3465 // The calling convention either uses 1-2 GPRs or 1 FPR.
3466 Address NumRegsAddr = Address::invalid();
3467 if (isInt) {
3468 NumRegsAddr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 0, CharUnits::Zero(), "gpr");
3469 } else {
3470 NumRegsAddr = Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 1, CharUnits::One(), "fpr");
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003471 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003472
3473 llvm::Value *NumRegs = Builder.CreateLoad(NumRegsAddr, "numUsedRegs");
3474
3475 // "Align" the register count when TY is i64.
3476 if (isI64) {
3477 NumRegs = Builder.CreateAdd(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(1));
3478 NumRegs = Builder.CreateAnd(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8((uint8_t) ~1U));
3479 }
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003480
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00003481 llvm::Value *CC =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003482 Builder.CreateICmpULT(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(8), "cond");
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003483
3484 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingRegs = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_regs");
3485 llvm::BasicBlock *UsingOverflow = CGF.createBasicBlock("using_overflow");
3486 llvm::BasicBlock *Cont = CGF.createBasicBlock("cont");
3487
3488 Builder.CreateCondBr(CC, UsingRegs, UsingOverflow);
3489
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003490 llvm::Type *DirectTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
3491 if (isIndirect) DirectTy = DirectTy->getPointerTo(0);
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003492
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003493 // Case 1: consume registers.
3494 Address RegAddr = Address::invalid();
3495 {
3496 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingRegs);
3497
3498 Address RegSaveAreaPtr =
3499 Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 4, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8));
3500 RegAddr = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr),
3501 CharUnits::fromQuantity(8));
3502 assert(RegAddr.getElementType() == CGF.Int8Ty);
3503
3504 // Floating-point registers start after the general-purpose registers.
3505 if (!isInt) {
3506 RegAddr = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RegAddr,
3507 CharUnits::fromQuantity(32));
3508 }
3509
3510 // Get the address of the saved value by scaling the number of
3511 // registers we've used by the number of
3512 CharUnits RegSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(isInt ? 4 : 8);
3513 llvm::Value *RegOffset =
3514 Builder.CreateMul(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(RegSize.getQuantity()));
3515 RegAddr = Address(Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(CGF.Int8Ty,
3516 RegAddr.getPointer(), RegOffset),
3517 RegAddr.getAlignment().alignmentOfArrayElement(RegSize));
3518 RegAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RegAddr, DirectTy);
3519
3520 // Increase the used-register count.
3521 NumRegs = Builder.CreateAdd(NumRegs, Builder.getInt8(isI64 ? 2 : 1));
3522 Builder.CreateStore(NumRegs, NumRegsAddr);
3523
3524 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003525 }
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003526
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003527 // Case 2: consume space in the overflow area.
3528 Address MemAddr = Address::invalid();
3529 {
3530 CGF.EmitBlock(UsingOverflow);
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003531
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003532 // Everything in the overflow area is rounded up to a size of at least 4.
3533 CharUnits OverflowAreaAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
3534
3535 CharUnits Size;
3536 if (!isIndirect) {
3537 auto TypeInfo = CGF.getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
3538 Size = TypeInfo.first.RoundUpToAlignment(OverflowAreaAlign);
3539 } else {
3540 Size = CGF.getPointerSize();
3541 }
3542
3543 Address OverflowAreaAddr =
3544 Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAList, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4));
Petar Jovanovic402257b2015-12-04 00:26:47 +00003545 Address OverflowArea(Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowAreaAddr, "argp.cur"),
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003546 OverflowAreaAlign);
Petar Jovanovic402257b2015-12-04 00:26:47 +00003547 // Round up address of argument to alignment
3548 CharUnits Align = CGF.getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty);
3549 if (Align > OverflowAreaAlign) {
3550 llvm::Value *Ptr = OverflowArea.getPointer();
3551 OverflowArea = Address(emitRoundPointerUpToAlignment(CGF, Ptr, Align),
3552 Align);
3553 }
3554
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003555 MemAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OverflowArea, DirectTy);
3556
3557 // Increase the overflow area.
3558 OverflowArea = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(OverflowArea, Size);
3559 Builder.CreateStore(OverflowArea.getPointer(), OverflowAreaAddr);
3560 CGF.EmitBranch(Cont);
3561 }
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003562
3563 CGF.EmitBlock(Cont);
3564
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003565 // Merge the cases with a phi.
3566 Address Result = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, UsingRegs, MemAddr, UsingOverflow,
3567 "vaarg.addr");
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003568
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003569 // Load the pointer if the argument was passed indirectly.
3570 if (isIndirect) {
3571 Result = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(Result, "aggr"),
3572 getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty));
Roman Divacky8a12d842014-11-03 18:32:54 +00003573 }
3574
3575 return Result;
3576}
3577
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003578bool
3579PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
3580 llvm::Value *Address) const {
3581 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
3582 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
3583
3584 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003585
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00003586 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003587 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
3588 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
3589 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
3590
3591 // 0-31: r0-31, the 4-byte general-purpose registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003592 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 31);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003593
3594 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003595 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003596
3597 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
3598 // 64: mq
3599 // 65: lr
3600 // 66: ctr
3601 // 67: ap
3602 // 68-75 cr0-7
3603 // 76: xer
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003604 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003605
3606 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003607 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003608
3609 // 109: vrsave
3610 // 110: vscr
3611 // 111: spe_acc
3612 // 112: spefscr
3613 // 113: sfp
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00003614 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003615
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00003616 return false;
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00003617}
3618
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003619// PowerPC-64
3620
3621namespace {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003622/// PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo - The 64-bit PowerPC ELF (SVR4) ABI information.
3623class PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003624public:
3625 enum ABIKind {
3626 ELFv1 = 0,
3627 ELFv2
3628 };
3629
3630private:
3631 static const unsigned GPRBits = 64;
3632 ABIKind Kind;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003633 bool HasQPX;
3634
3635 // A vector of float or double will be promoted to <4 x f32> or <4 x f64> and
3636 // will be passed in a QPX register.
3637 bool IsQPXVectorTy(const Type *Ty) const {
3638 if (!HasQPX)
3639 return false;
3640
3641 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
3642 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
3643 if (NumElements == 1)
3644 return false;
3645
3646 if (VT->getElementType()->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Double)) {
3647 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 256)
3648 return true;
3649 } else if (VT->getElementType()->
3650 isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::Float)) {
3651 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128)
3652 return true;
3653 }
3654 }
3655
3656 return false;
3657 }
3658
3659 bool IsQPXVectorTy(QualType Ty) const {
3660 return IsQPXVectorTy(Ty.getTypePtr());
3661 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003662
3663public:
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003664 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX)
3665 : DefaultABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind), HasQPX(HasQPX) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003666
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003667 bool isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003668 CharUnits getParamTypeAlignment(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003669
3670 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
3671 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
3672
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003673 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
3674 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
3675 uint64_t Members) const override;
3676
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003677 // TODO: We can add more logic to computeInfo to improve performance.
3678 // Example: For aggregate arguments that fit in a register, we could
3679 // use getDirectInReg (as is done below for structs containing a single
3680 // floating-point value) to avoid pushing them to memory on function
3681 // entry. This would require changing the logic in PPCISelLowering
3682 // when lowering the parameters in the caller and args in the callee.
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003683 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00003684 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
3685 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003686 for (auto &I : FI.arguments()) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003687 // We rely on the default argument classification for the most part.
3688 // One exception: An aggregate containing a single floating-point
Bill Schmidt179afae2013-07-23 22:15:57 +00003689 // or vector item must be passed in a register if one is available.
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003690 const Type *T = isSingleElementStruct(I.type, getContext());
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003691 if (T) {
3692 const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003693 if (IsQPXVectorTy(T) ||
3694 (T->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(T) == 128) ||
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003695 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint())) {
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003696 QualType QT(T, 0);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003697 I.info = ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CGT.ConvertType(QT));
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003698 continue;
3699 }
3700 }
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00003701 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Bill Schmidt84d37792012-10-12 19:26:17 +00003702 }
3703 }
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003704
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003705 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
3706 QualType Ty) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003707};
3708
3709class PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003710
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003711public:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003712 PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT,
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003713 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind, bool HasQPX)
Alexey Bataev00396512015-07-02 03:40:19 +00003714 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo(CGT, Kind, HasQPX)) {}
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003715
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003716 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003717 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3718 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3719 }
3720
3721 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003722 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00003723};
3724
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003725class PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
3726public:
3727 PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
3728
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003729 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003730 // This is recovered from gcc output.
3731 return 1; // r1 is the dedicated stack pointer
3732 }
3733
3734 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00003735 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003736};
3737
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00003738}
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00003739
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003740// Return true if the ABI requires Ty to be passed sign- or zero-
3741// extended to 64 bits.
3742bool
3743PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isPromotableTypeForABI(QualType Ty) const {
3744 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
3745 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
3746 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
3747
3748 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
3749 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
3750 return true;
3751
3752 // In addition to the usual promotable integer types, we also need to
3753 // extend all 32-bit types, since the ABI requires promotion to 64 bits.
3754 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
3755 switch (BT->getKind()) {
3756 case BuiltinType::Int:
3757 case BuiltinType::UInt:
3758 return true;
3759 default:
3760 break;
3761 }
3762
3763 return false;
3764}
3765
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003766/// isAlignedParamType - Determine whether a type requires 16-byte or
3767/// higher alignment in the parameter area. Always returns at least 8.
3768CharUnits PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::getParamTypeAlignment(QualType Ty) const {
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003769 // Complex types are passed just like their elements.
3770 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
3771 Ty = CTy->getElementType();
3772
3773 // Only vector types of size 16 bytes need alignment (larger types are
3774 // passed via reference, smaller types are not aligned).
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003775 if (IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) {
3776 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) > 128)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003777 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003778
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003779 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003780 } else if (Ty->isVectorType()) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003781 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) == 128 ? 16 : 8);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003782 }
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003783
3784 // For single-element float/vector structs, we consider the whole type
3785 // to have the same alignment requirements as its single element.
3786 const Type *AlignAsType = nullptr;
3787 const Type *EltType = isSingleElementStruct(Ty, getContext());
3788 if (EltType) {
3789 const BuiltinType *BT = EltType->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003790 if (IsQPXVectorTy(EltType) || (EltType->isVectorType() &&
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003791 getContext().getTypeSize(EltType) == 128) ||
3792 (BT && BT->isFloatingPoint()))
3793 AlignAsType = EltType;
3794 }
3795
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003796 // Likewise for ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates.
3797 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3798 uint64_t Members = 0;
3799 if (!AlignAsType && Kind == ELFv2 &&
3800 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members))
3801 AlignAsType = Base;
3802
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003803 // With special case aggregates, only vector base types need alignment.
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003804 if (AlignAsType && IsQPXVectorTy(AlignAsType)) {
3805 if (getContext().getTypeSize(AlignAsType) > 128)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003806 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003807
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003808 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003809 } else if (AlignAsType) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003810 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(AlignAsType->isVectorType() ? 16 : 8);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003811 }
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003812
3813 // Otherwise, we only need alignment for any aggregate type that
3814 // has an alignment requirement of >= 16 bytes.
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003815 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 128) {
3816 if (HasQPX && getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) >= 256)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003817 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(32);
3818 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003819 }
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003820
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003821 return CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00003822}
3823
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003824/// isHomogeneousAggregate - Return true if a type is an ELFv2 homogeneous
3825/// aggregate. Base is set to the base element type, and Members is set
3826/// to the number of base elements.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003827bool ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregate(QualType Ty, const Type *&Base,
3828 uint64_t &Members) const {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003829 if (const ConstantArrayType *AT = getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(Ty)) {
3830 uint64_t NElements = AT->getSize().getZExtValue();
3831 if (NElements == 0)
3832 return false;
3833 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(AT->getElementType(), Base, Members))
3834 return false;
3835 Members *= NElements;
3836 } else if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
3837 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
3838 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
3839 return false;
3840
3841 Members = 0;
Ulrich Weiganda094f042014-10-29 13:23:20 +00003842
3843 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
3844 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
3845 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
3846 // Ignore empty records.
3847 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), I.getType(), true))
3848 continue;
3849
3850 uint64_t FldMembers;
3851 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(I.getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3852 return false;
3853
3854 Members += FldMembers;
3855 }
3856 }
3857
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003858 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
3859 // Ignore (non-zero arrays of) empty records.
3860 QualType FT = FD->getType();
3861 while (const ConstantArrayType *AT =
3862 getContext().getAsConstantArrayType(FT)) {
3863 if (AT->getSize().getZExtValue() == 0)
3864 return false;
3865 FT = AT->getElementType();
3866 }
3867 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), FT, true))
3868 continue;
3869
3870 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
3871 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3872 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
3873 continue;
3874
3875 uint64_t FldMembers;
3876 if (!isHomogeneousAggregate(FD->getType(), Base, FldMembers))
3877 return false;
3878
3879 Members = (RD->isUnion() ?
3880 std::max(Members, FldMembers) : Members + FldMembers);
3881 }
3882
3883 if (!Base)
3884 return false;
3885
3886 // Ensure there is no padding.
3887 if (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) * Members !=
3888 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty))
3889 return false;
3890 } else {
3891 Members = 1;
3892 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
3893 Members = 2;
3894 Ty = CT->getElementType();
3895 }
3896
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003897 // Most ABIs only support float, double, and some vector type widths.
3898 if (!isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(Ty))
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003899 return false;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003900
3901 // The base type must be the same for all members. Types that
3902 // agree in both total size and mode (float vs. vector) are
3903 // treated as being equivalent here.
3904 const Type *TyPtr = Ty.getTypePtr();
3905 if (!Base)
3906 Base = TyPtr;
3907
3908 if (Base->isVectorType() != TyPtr->isVectorType() ||
3909 getContext().getTypeSize(Base) != getContext().getTypeSize(TyPtr))
3910 return false;
3911 }
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003912 return Members > 0 && isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(Base, Members);
3913}
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003914
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003915bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
3916 // Homogeneous aggregates for ELFv2 must have base types of float,
3917 // double, long double, or 128-bit vectors.
3918 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
3919 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
3920 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
3921 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
3922 return true;
3923 }
3924 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003925 if (getContext().getTypeSize(VT) == 128 || IsQPXVectorTy(Ty))
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003926 return true;
3927 }
3928 return false;
3929}
3930
3931bool PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(
3932 const Type *Base, uint64_t Members) const {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003933 // Vector types require one register, floating point types require one
3934 // or two registers depending on their size.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003935 uint32_t NumRegs =
3936 Base->isVectorType() ? 1 : (getContext().getTypeSize(Base) + 63) / 64;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003937
3938 // Homogeneous Aggregates may occupy at most 8 registers.
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00003939 return Members * NumRegs <= 8;
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003940}
3941
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003942ABIArgInfo
3943PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00003944 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
3945
Bill Schmidt90b22c92012-11-27 02:46:43 +00003946 if (Ty->isAnyComplexType())
3947 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
3948
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003949 // Non-Altivec vector types are passed in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
3950 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00003951 if (Ty->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(Ty)) {
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003952 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3953 if (Size > 128)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003954 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00003955 else if (Size < 128) {
3956 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
3957 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3958 }
3959 }
3960
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003961 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00003962 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003963 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00003964
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00003965 uint64_t ABIAlign = getParamTypeAlignment(Ty).getQuantity();
3966 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty).getQuantity();
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00003967
3968 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are passed as array types.
3969 const Type *Base = nullptr;
3970 uint64_t Members = 0;
3971 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
3972 isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
3973 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
3974 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
3975 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
3976 }
3977
Ulrich Weigand601957f2014-07-21 00:56:36 +00003978 // If an aggregate may end up fully in registers, we do not
3979 // use the ByVal method, but pass the aggregate as array.
3980 // This is usually beneficial since we avoid forcing the
3981 // back-end to store the argument to memory.
3982 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
3983 if (Bits > 0 && Bits <= 8 * GPRBits) {
3984 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
3985
3986 // Types up to 8 bytes are passed as integer type (which will be
3987 // properly aligned in the argument save area doubleword).
3988 if (Bits <= GPRBits)
3989 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
3990 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
3991 // Larger types are passed as arrays, with the base type selected
3992 // according to the required alignment in the save area.
3993 else {
3994 uint64_t RegBits = ABIAlign * 8;
3995 uint64_t NumRegs = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, RegBits) / RegBits;
3996 llvm::Type *RegTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), RegBits);
3997 CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(RegTy, NumRegs);
3998 }
3999
4000 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
4001 }
4002
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00004003 // All other aggregates are passed ByVal.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004004 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(ABIAlign),
4005 /*ByVal=*/true,
Ulrich Weigand581badc2014-07-10 17:20:07 +00004006 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00004007 }
4008
4009 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(Ty) ?
4010 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4011}
4012
4013ABIArgInfo
4014PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
4015 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4016 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4017
Bill Schmidta3d121c2012-12-17 04:20:17 +00004018 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
4019 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4020
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00004021 // Non-Altivec vector types are returned in GPRs (smaller than 16 bytes)
4022 // or via reference (larger than 16 bytes).
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00004023 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && !IsQPXVectorTy(RetTy)) {
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00004024 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4025 if (Size > 128)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004026 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Ulrich Weigandf4eba982014-07-10 16:39:01 +00004027 else if (Size < 128) {
4028 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
4029 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
4030 }
4031 }
4032
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00004033 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
4034 // ELFv2 homogeneous aggregates are returned as array types.
4035 const Type *Base = nullptr;
4036 uint64_t Members = 0;
4037 if (Kind == ELFv2 &&
4038 isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
4039 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
4040 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Members);
4041 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
4042 }
4043
4044 // ELFv2 small aggregates are returned in up to two registers.
4045 uint64_t Bits = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4046 if (Kind == ELFv2 && Bits <= 2 * GPRBits) {
4047 if (Bits == 0)
4048 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4049
4050 llvm::Type *CoerceTy;
4051 if (Bits > GPRBits) {
4052 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), GPRBits);
Reid Kleckneree7cf842014-12-01 22:02:27 +00004053 CoerceTy = llvm::StructType::get(CoerceTy, CoerceTy, nullptr);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00004054 } else
4055 CoerceTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(),
4056 llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Bits, 8));
4057 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
4058 }
4059
4060 // All other aggregates are returned indirectly.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004061 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00004062 }
Ulrich Weigand77ed89d2012-11-05 19:13:42 +00004063
4064 return (isPromotableTypeForABI(RetTy) ?
4065 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4066}
4067
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00004068// Based on ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg, adjusted for 64-bit machine.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004069Address PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
4070 QualType Ty) const {
4071 auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
4072 TypeInfo.second = getParamTypeAlignment(Ty);
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00004073
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004074 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00004075
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00004076 // If we have a complex type and the base type is smaller than 8 bytes,
4077 // the ABI calls for the real and imaginary parts to be right-adjusted
4078 // in separate doublewords. However, Clang expects us to produce a
4079 // pointer to a structure with the two parts packed tightly. So generate
4080 // loads of the real and imaginary parts relative to the va_list pointer,
4081 // and store them to a temporary structure.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004082 if (const ComplexType *CTy = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>()) {
4083 CharUnits EltSize = TypeInfo.first / 2;
4084 if (EltSize < SlotSize) {
4085 Address Addr = emitVoidPtrDirectVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, CGF.Int8Ty,
4086 SlotSize * 2, SlotSize,
4087 SlotSize, /*AllowHigher*/ true);
4088
4089 Address RealAddr = Addr;
4090 Address ImagAddr = RealAddr;
4091 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian()) {
4092 RealAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RealAddr,
4093 SlotSize - EltSize);
4094 ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(ImagAddr,
4095 2 * SlotSize - EltSize);
4096 } else {
4097 ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(RealAddr, SlotSize);
4098 }
4099
4100 llvm::Type *EltTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(CTy->getElementType());
4101 RealAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RealAddr, EltTy);
4102 ImagAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(ImagAddr, EltTy);
4103 llvm::Value *Real = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RealAddr, ".vareal");
4104 llvm::Value *Imag = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ImagAddr, ".vaimag");
4105
4106 Address Temp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(Ty, "vacplx");
4107 CGF.EmitStoreOfComplex({Real, Imag}, CGF.MakeAddrLValue(Temp, Ty),
4108 /*init*/ true);
4109 return Temp;
Ulrich Weigandbebc55b2014-06-20 16:37:40 +00004110 }
Bill Schmidt924c4782013-01-14 17:45:36 +00004111 }
4112
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004113 // Otherwise, just use the general rule.
4114 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*Indirect*/ false,
4115 TypeInfo, SlotSize, /*AllowHigher*/ true);
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00004116}
4117
4118static bool
4119PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
4120 llvm::Value *Address) {
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00004121 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
4122 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
4123
4124 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
4125
4126 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
4127 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
4128 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
4129 llvm::Value *Sixteen8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 16);
4130
4131 // 0-31: r0-31, the 8-byte general-purpose registers
4132 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
4133
4134 // 32-63: fp0-31, the 8-byte floating-point registers
4135 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 32, 63);
4136
4137 // 64-76 are various 4-byte special-purpose registers:
4138 // 64: mq
4139 // 65: lr
4140 // 66: ctr
4141 // 67: ap
4142 // 68-75 cr0-7
4143 // 76: xer
4144 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 64, 76);
4145
4146 // 77-108: v0-31, the 16-byte vector registers
4147 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Sixteen8, 77, 108);
4148
4149 // 109: vrsave
4150 // 110: vscr
4151 // 111: spe_acc
4152 // 112: spefscr
4153 // 113: sfp
4154 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 109, 113);
4155
4156 return false;
4157}
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00004158
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00004159bool
4160PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(
4161 CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
4162 llvm::Value *Address) const {
4163
4164 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
4165}
4166
4167bool
4168PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
4169 llvm::Value *Address) const {
4170
4171 return PPC64_initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CGF, Address);
4172}
4173
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004174//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004175// AArch64 ABI Implementation
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004176//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
4177
4178namespace {
4179
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004180class AArch64ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004181public:
4182 enum ABIKind {
4183 AAPCS = 0,
4184 DarwinPCS
4185 };
4186
4187private:
4188 ABIKind Kind;
4189
4190public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004191 AArch64ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(Kind) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004192
4193private:
4194 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4195 bool isDarwinPCS() const { return Kind == DarwinPCS; }
4196
4197 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004198 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004199 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
4200 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
4201 uint64_t Members) const override;
4202
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004203 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
4204
David Blaikie1cbb9712014-11-14 19:09:44 +00004205 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004206 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
4207 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Tim Northover5ffc0922014-04-17 10:20:38 +00004208
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004209 for (auto &it : FI.arguments())
4210 it.info = classifyArgumentType(it.type);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004211 }
4212
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004213 Address EmitDarwinVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4214 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004215
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004216 Address EmitAAPCSVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4217 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004218
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004219 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
4220 QualType Ty) const override {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004221 return isDarwinPCS() ? EmitDarwinVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF)
4222 : EmitAAPCSVAArg(VAListAddr, Ty, CGF);
4223 }
4224};
4225
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004226class AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004227public:
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004228 AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind)
4229 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new AArch64ABIInfo(CGT, Kind)) {}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004230
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00004231 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004232 return "mov\tfp, fp\t\t; marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4233 }
4234
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00004235 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
4236 return 31;
4237 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004238
Alexander Kornienko34eb2072015-04-11 02:00:23 +00004239 bool doesReturnSlotInterfereWithArgs() const override { return false; }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004240};
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00004241}
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004242
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004243ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00004244 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
4245
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004246 // Handle illegal vector types here.
4247 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4248 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4249 if (Size <= 32) {
4250 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004251 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4252 }
4253 if (Size == 64) {
4254 llvm::Type *ResType =
4255 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004256 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4257 }
4258 if (Size == 128) {
4259 llvm::Type *ResType =
4260 llvm::VectorType::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004261 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4262 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004263 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004264 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004265
4266 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
4267 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4268 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
4269 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4270
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004271 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
4272 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4273 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
4274 }
4275
4276 // Structures with either a non-trivial destructor or a non-trivial
4277 // copy constructor are always indirect.
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00004278 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004279 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/RAA ==
4280 CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004281 }
4282
4283 // Empty records are always ignored on Darwin, but actually passed in C++ mode
4284 // elsewhere for GNU compatibility.
4285 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
4286 if (!getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || isDarwinPCS())
4287 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4288
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004289 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
4290 }
4291
4292 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) need to be expanded.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004293 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004294 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004295 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004296 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
4297 llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004298 }
4299
4300 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are passed directly in registers or on the stack.
4301 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4302 if (Size <= 128) {
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00004303 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004304 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004305
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004306 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
4307 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
Tim Northoverc801b4a2014-04-15 14:55:11 +00004308 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004309 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4310 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
4311 }
4312 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
4313 }
4314
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004315 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004316}
4317
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004318ABIArgInfo AArch64ABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004319 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
4320 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4321
4322 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
4323 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004324 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004325
4326 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
4327 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
4328 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
4329 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
4330
Tim Northover4dab6982014-04-18 13:46:08 +00004331 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() && isDarwinPCS()
4332 ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4333 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004334 }
4335
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004336 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
4337 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4338
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004339 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004340 uint64_t Members = 0;
4341 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members))
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004342 // Homogeneous Floating-point Aggregates (HFAs) are returned directly.
4343 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
4344
4345 // Aggregates <= 16 bytes are returned directly in registers or on the stack.
4346 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
4347 if (Size <= 128) {
Pete Cooper635b5092015-04-17 22:16:24 +00004348 unsigned Alignment = getContext().getTypeAlign(RetTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004349 Size = 64 * ((Size + 63) / 64); // round up to multiple of 8 bytes
Pete Cooper635b5092015-04-17 22:16:24 +00004350
4351 // We use a pair of i64 for 16-byte aggregate with 8-byte alignment.
4352 // For aggregates with 16-byte alignment, we use i128.
4353 if (Alignment < 128 && Size == 128) {
4354 llvm::Type *BaseTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
4355 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, Size / 64));
4356 }
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004357 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size));
4358 }
4359
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004360 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004361}
4362
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00004363/// isIllegalVectorType - check whether the vector type is legal for AArch64.
4364bool AArch64ABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004365 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4366 // Check whether VT is legal.
4367 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
4368 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4369 // NumElements should be power of 2 between 1 and 16.
4370 if ((NumElements & (NumElements - 1)) != 0 || NumElements > 16)
4371 return true;
4372 return Size != 64 && (Size != 128 || NumElements == 1);
4373 }
4374 return false;
4375}
4376
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004377bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
4378 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS64 must have base types of a floating
4379 // point type or a short-vector type. This is the same as the 32-bit ABI,
4380 // but with the difference that any floating-point type is allowed,
4381 // including __fp16.
4382 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
4383 if (BT->isFloatingPoint())
4384 return true;
4385 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
4386 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
4387 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
4388 return true;
4389 }
4390 return false;
4391}
4392
4393bool AArch64ABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
4394 uint64_t Members) const {
4395 return Members <= 4;
4396}
4397
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004398Address AArch64ABIInfo::EmitAAPCSVAArg(Address VAListAddr,
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004399 QualType Ty,
4400 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4401 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004402 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
4403
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004404 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(Ty);
4405 if (IsIndirect)
4406 BaseTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(BaseTy);
4407 else if (AI.getCoerceToType())
4408 BaseTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
4409
4410 unsigned NumRegs = 1;
4411 if (llvm::ArrayType *ArrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::ArrayType>(BaseTy)) {
4412 BaseTy = ArrTy->getElementType();
4413 NumRegs = ArrTy->getNumElements();
4414 }
4415 bool IsFPR = BaseTy->isFloatingPointTy() || BaseTy->isVectorTy();
4416
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004417 // The AArch64 va_list type and handling is specified in the Procedure Call
4418 // Standard, section B.4:
4419 //
4420 // struct {
4421 // void *__stack;
4422 // void *__gr_top;
4423 // void *__vr_top;
4424 // int __gr_offs;
4425 // int __vr_offs;
4426 // };
4427
4428 llvm::BasicBlock *MaybeRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.maybe_reg");
4429 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
4430 llvm::BasicBlock *OnStackBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.on_stack");
4431 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004432
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004433 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
4434 CharUnits TyAlign = TyInfo.second;
4435
4436 Address reg_offs_p = Address::invalid();
4437 llvm::Value *reg_offs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004438 int reg_top_index;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004439 CharUnits reg_top_offset;
4440 int RegSize = IsIndirect ? 8 : TyInfo.first.getQuantity();
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004441 if (!IsFPR) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004442 // 3 is the field number of __gr_offs
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00004443 reg_offs_p =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004444 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(24),
4445 "gr_offs_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004446 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "gr_offs");
4447 reg_top_index = 1; // field number for __gr_top
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004448 reg_top_offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004449 RegSize = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(RegSize, 8);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004450 } else {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004451 // 4 is the field number of __vr_offs.
David Blaikie2e804282015-04-05 22:47:07 +00004452 reg_offs_p =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004453 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 4, CharUnits::fromQuantity(28),
4454 "vr_offs_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004455 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_offs_p, "vr_offs");
4456 reg_top_index = 2; // field number for __vr_top
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004457 reg_top_offset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
Tim Northoverb047bfa2014-11-27 21:02:49 +00004458 RegSize = 16 * NumRegs;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004459 }
4460
4461 //=======================================
4462 // Find out where argument was passed
4463 //=======================================
4464
4465 // If reg_offs >= 0 we're already using the stack for this type of
4466 // argument. We don't want to keep updating reg_offs (in case it overflows,
4467 // though anyone passing 2GB of arguments, each at most 16 bytes, deserves
4468 // whatever they get).
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004469 llvm::Value *UsingStack = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004470 UsingStack = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSGE(
4471 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0));
4472
4473 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(UsingStack, OnStackBlock, MaybeRegBlock);
4474
4475 // Otherwise, at least some kind of argument could go in these registers, the
Bob Wilson3abf1692014-04-21 01:23:36 +00004476 // question is whether this particular type is too big.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004477 CGF.EmitBlock(MaybeRegBlock);
4478
4479 // Integer arguments may need to correct register alignment (for example a
4480 // "struct { __int128 a; };" gets passed in x_2N, x_{2N+1}). In this case we
4481 // align __gr_offs to calculate the potential address.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004482 if (!IsFPR && !IsIndirect && TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) {
4483 int Align = TyAlign.getQuantity();
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004484
4485 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4486 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, Align - 1),
4487 "align_regoffs");
4488 reg_offs = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4489 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, -Align),
4490 "aligned_regoffs");
4491 }
4492
4493 // Update the gr_offs/vr_offs pointer for next call to va_arg on this va_list.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004494 // The fact that this is done unconditionally reflects the fact that
4495 // allocating an argument to the stack also uses up all the remaining
4496 // registers of the appropriate kind.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004497 llvm::Value *NewOffset = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004498 NewOffset = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4499 reg_offs, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, RegSize), "new_reg_offs");
4500 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOffset, reg_offs_p);
4501
4502 // Now we're in a position to decide whether this argument really was in
4503 // registers or not.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004504 llvm::Value *InRegs = nullptr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004505 InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpSLE(
4506 NewOffset, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int32Ty, 0), "inreg");
4507
4508 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, OnStackBlock);
4509
4510 //=======================================
4511 // Argument was in registers
4512 //=======================================
4513
4514 // Now we emit the code for if the argument was originally passed in
4515 // registers. First start the appropriate block:
4516 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
4517
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004518 llvm::Value *reg_top = nullptr;
4519 Address reg_top_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, reg_top_index,
4520 reg_top_offset, "reg_top_p");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004521 reg_top = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(reg_top_p, "reg_top");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004522 Address BaseAddr(CGF.Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(reg_top, reg_offs),
4523 CharUnits::fromQuantity(IsFPR ? 16 : 8));
4524 Address RegAddr = Address::invalid();
4525 llvm::Type *MemTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004526
4527 if (IsIndirect) {
4528 // If it's been passed indirectly (actually a struct), whatever we find from
4529 // stored registers or on the stack will actually be a struct **.
4530 MemTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(MemTy);
4531 }
4532
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004533 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004534 uint64_t NumMembers = 0;
4535 bool IsHFA = isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, NumMembers);
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00004536 if (IsHFA && NumMembers > 1) {
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004537 // Homogeneous aggregates passed in registers will have their elements split
4538 // and stored 16-bytes apart regardless of size (they're notionally in qN,
4539 // qN+1, ...). We reload and store into a temporary local variable
4540 // contiguously.
4541 assert(!IsIndirect && "Homogeneous aggregates should be passed directly");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004542 auto BaseTyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(QualType(Base, 0));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004543 llvm::Type *BaseTy = CGF.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0));
4544 llvm::Type *HFATy = llvm::ArrayType::get(BaseTy, NumMembers);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004545 Address Tmp = CGF.CreateTempAlloca(HFATy,
4546 std::max(TyAlign, BaseTyInfo.second));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004547
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004548 // On big-endian platforms, the value will be right-aligned in its slot.
4549 int Offset = 0;
4550 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() &&
4551 BaseTyInfo.first.getQuantity() < 16)
4552 Offset = 16 - BaseTyInfo.first.getQuantity();
4553
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004554 for (unsigned i = 0; i < NumMembers; ++i) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004555 CharUnits BaseOffset = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16 * i + Offset);
4556 Address LoadAddr =
4557 CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(BaseAddr, BaseOffset);
4558 LoadAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(LoadAddr, BaseTy);
4559
4560 Address StoreAddr =
4561 CGF.Builder.CreateConstArrayGEP(Tmp, i, BaseTyInfo.first);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004562
4563 llvm::Value *Elem = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(LoadAddr);
4564 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(Elem, StoreAddr);
4565 }
4566
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004567 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Tmp, MemTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004568 } else {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004569 // Otherwise the object is contiguous in memory.
4570
4571 // It might be right-aligned in its slot.
4572 CharUnits SlotSize = BaseAddr.getAlignment();
4573 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !IsIndirect &&
James Molloy467be602014-05-07 14:45:55 +00004574 (IsHFA || !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) &&
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004575 TyInfo.first < SlotSize) {
4576 CharUnits Offset = SlotSize - TyInfo.first;
4577 BaseAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(BaseAddr, Offset);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004578 }
4579
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004580 RegAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(BaseAddr, MemTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004581 }
4582
4583 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4584
4585 //=======================================
4586 // Argument was on the stack
4587 //=======================================
4588 CGF.EmitBlock(OnStackBlock);
4589
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004590 Address stack_p = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 0,
4591 CharUnits::Zero(), "stack_p");
4592 llvm::Value *OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(stack_p, "stack");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004593
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004594 // Again, stack arguments may need realignment. In this case both integer and
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004595 // floating-point ones might be affected.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004596 if (!IsIndirect && TyAlign.getQuantity() > 8) {
4597 int Align = TyAlign.getQuantity();
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004598
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004599 OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreatePtrToInt(OnStackPtr, CGF.Int64Ty);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004600
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004601 OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(
4602 OnStackPtr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, Align - 1),
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004603 "align_stack");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004604 OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateAnd(
4605 OnStackPtr, llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int64Ty, -Align),
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004606 "align_stack");
4607
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004608 OnStackPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(OnStackPtr, CGF.Int8PtrTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004609 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004610 Address OnStackAddr(OnStackPtr,
4611 std::max(CharUnits::fromQuantity(8), TyAlign));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004612
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004613 // All stack slots are multiples of 8 bytes.
4614 CharUnits StackSlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
4615 CharUnits StackSize;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004616 if (IsIndirect)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004617 StackSize = StackSlotSize;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004618 else
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004619 StackSize = TyInfo.first.RoundUpToAlignment(StackSlotSize);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004620
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004621 llvm::Value *StackSizeC = CGF.Builder.getSize(StackSize);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004622 llvm::Value *NewStack =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004623 CGF.Builder.CreateInBoundsGEP(OnStackPtr, StackSizeC, "new_stack");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004624
4625 // Write the new value of __stack for the next call to va_arg
4626 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewStack, stack_p);
4627
4628 if (CGF.CGM.getDataLayout().isBigEndian() && !isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) &&
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004629 TyInfo.first < StackSlotSize) {
4630 CharUnits Offset = StackSlotSize - TyInfo.first;
4631 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(OnStackAddr, Offset);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004632 }
4633
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004634 OnStackAddr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OnStackAddr, MemTy);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004635
4636 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
4637
4638 //=======================================
4639 // Tidy up
4640 //=======================================
4641 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
4642
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004643 Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock,
4644 OnStackAddr, OnStackBlock, "vaargs.addr");
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004645
4646 if (IsIndirect)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004647 return Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "vaarg.addr"),
4648 TyInfo.second);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004649
4650 return ResAddr;
4651}
4652
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004653Address AArch64ABIInfo::EmitDarwinVAArg(Address VAListAddr, QualType Ty,
4654 CodeGenFunction &CGF) const {
4655 // The backend's lowering doesn't support va_arg for aggregates or
4656 // illegal vector types. Lower VAArg here for these cases and use
4657 // the LLVM va_arg instruction for everything else.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004658 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) && !isIllegalVectorType(Ty))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004659 return Address::invalid();
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004660
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004661 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004662
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004663 // Empty records are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004664 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004665 Address Addr(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "ap.cur"), SlotSize);
4666 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
4667 return Addr;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004668 }
4669
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004670 // The size of the actual thing passed, which might end up just
4671 // being a pointer for indirect types.
4672 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
4673
4674 // Arguments bigger than 16 bytes which aren't homogeneous
4675 // aggregates should be passed indirectly.
4676 bool IsIndirect = false;
4677 if (TyInfo.first.getQuantity() > 16) {
4678 const Type *Base = nullptr;
4679 uint64_t Members = 0;
4680 IsIndirect = !isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004681 }
4682
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004683 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, IsIndirect,
4684 TyInfo, SlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00004685}
4686
4687//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004688// ARM ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00004689//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004690
4691namespace {
4692
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004693class ARMABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004694public:
4695 enum ABIKind {
4696 APCS = 0,
4697 AAPCS = 1,
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00004698 AAPCS_VFP = 2,
4699 AAPCS16_VFP = 3,
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004700 };
4701
4702private:
4703 ABIKind Kind;
4704
4705public:
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004706 ARMABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ABIKind _Kind) : ABIInfo(CGT), Kind(_Kind) {
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004707 setCCs();
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004708 }
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004709
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004710 bool isEABI() const {
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004711 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4712 case llvm::Triple::Android:
4713 case llvm::Triple::EABI:
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004714 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004715 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABI:
Joerg Sonnenberger0c1652d2013-12-16 18:30:28 +00004716 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
Joerg Sonnenberger782e6aa2013-12-12 21:29:27 +00004717 return true;
4718 default:
4719 return false;
4720 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004721 }
4722
Joerg Sonnenbergerd75a1f82013-12-16 19:16:04 +00004723 bool isEABIHF() const {
4724 switch (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment()) {
4725 case llvm::Triple::EABIHF:
4726 case llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF:
4727 return true;
4728 default:
4729 return false;
4730 }
4731 }
4732
Stephen Hines8267e7d2015-12-04 01:39:30 +00004733 bool isAndroid() const {
4734 return (getTarget().getTriple().getEnvironment() ==
4735 llvm::Triple::Android);
4736 }
4737
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004738 ABIKind getABIKind() const { return Kind; }
4739
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004740private:
Amara Emerson9dc78782014-01-28 10:56:36 +00004741 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004742 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, bool isVariadic) const;
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004743 bool isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004744
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004745 bool isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const override;
4746 bool isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Ty,
4747 uint64_t Members) const override;
4748
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004749 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004750
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004751 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
4752 QualType Ty) const override;
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004753
4754 llvm::CallingConv::ID getLLVMDefaultCC() const;
4755 llvm::CallingConv::ID getABIDefaultCC() const;
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004756 void setCCs();
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004757};
4758
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004759class ARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
4760public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00004761 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4762 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new ARMABIInfo(CGT, K)) {}
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004763
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004764 const ARMABIInfo &getABIInfo() const {
4765 return static_cast<const ARMABIInfo&>(TargetCodeGenInfo::getABIInfo());
4766 }
4767
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004768 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
John McCallbeec5a02010-03-06 00:35:14 +00004769 return 13;
4770 }
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004771
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004772 StringRef getARCRetainAutoreleasedReturnValueMarker() const override {
John McCall31168b02011-06-15 23:02:42 +00004773 return "mov\tr7, r7\t\t@ marker for objc_retainAutoreleaseReturnValue";
4774 }
4775
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004776 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004777 llvm::Value *Address) const override {
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004778 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004779
4780 // 0-15 are the 16 integer registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00004781 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 15);
Roman Divackyc1617352011-05-18 19:36:54 +00004782 return false;
4783 }
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004784
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004785 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00004786 if (getABIInfo().isEABI()) return 88;
4787 return TargetCodeGenInfo::getSizeOfUnwindException();
4788 }
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004789
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004790 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00004791 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00004792 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004793 if (!FD)
4794 return;
4795
4796 const ARMInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ARMInterruptAttr>();
4797 if (!Attr)
4798 return;
4799
4800 const char *Kind;
4801 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
4802 case ARMInterruptAttr::Generic: Kind = ""; break;
4803 case ARMInterruptAttr::IRQ: Kind = "IRQ"; break;
4804 case ARMInterruptAttr::FIQ: Kind = "FIQ"; break;
4805 case ARMInterruptAttr::SWI: Kind = "SWI"; break;
4806 case ARMInterruptAttr::ABORT: Kind = "ABORT"; break;
4807 case ARMInterruptAttr::UNDEF: Kind = "UNDEF"; break;
4808 }
4809
4810 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4811
4812 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
4813
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00004814 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind ABI = cast<ARMABIInfo>(getABIInfo()).getABIKind();
4815 if (ABI == ARMABIInfo::APCS)
Tim Northovera484bc02013-10-01 14:34:25 +00004816 return;
4817
4818 // AAPCS guarantees that sp will be 8-byte aligned on any public interface,
4819 // however this is not necessarily true on taking any interrupt. Instruct
4820 // the backend to perform a realignment as part of the function prologue.
4821 llvm::AttrBuilder B;
4822 B.addStackAlignmentAttr(8);
4823 Fn->addAttributes(llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4824 llvm::AttributeSet::get(CGM.getLLVMContext(),
4825 llvm::AttributeSet::FunctionIndex,
4826 B));
4827 }
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00004828};
4829
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004830class WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo : public ARMTargetCodeGenInfo {
4831 void addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
4832 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const;
4833
4834public:
4835 WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, ARMABIInfo::ABIKind K)
4836 : ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT, K) {}
4837
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004838 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004839 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override;
4840};
4841
4842void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(
4843 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
4844 if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(D))
4845 return;
4846 if (CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize == 4096)
4847 return;
4848
4849 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
4850 F->addFnAttr("stack-probe-size",
4851 llvm::utostr(CGM.getCodeGenOpts().StackProbeSize));
4852}
4853
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004854void WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004855 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00004856 ARMTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(D, GV, CGM);
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00004857 addStackProbeSizeTargetAttribute(D, GV, CGM);
4858}
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00004859}
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00004860
Chris Lattner22326a12010-07-29 02:31:05 +00004861void ARMABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004862 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00004863 FI.getReturnInfo() =
4864 classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType(), FI.isVariadic());
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004865
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004866 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
4867 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, FI.isVariadic());
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004868
Anton Korobeynikov231e8752011-04-14 20:06:49 +00004869 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
4870 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
4871 return;
4872
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004873 llvm::CallingConv::ID cc = getRuntimeCC();
4874 if (cc != llvm::CallingConv::C)
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004875 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(cc);
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004876}
Rafael Espindolaa92c4422010-06-16 16:13:39 +00004877
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004878/// Return the default calling convention that LLVM will use.
4879llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getLLVMDefaultCC() const {
4880 // The default calling convention that LLVM will infer.
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00004881 if (isEABIHF() || getTarget().getTriple().isWatchOS())
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004882 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
4883 else if (isEABI())
4884 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4885 else
4886 return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4887}
4888
4889/// Return the calling convention that our ABI would like us to use
4890/// as the C calling convention.
4891llvm::CallingConv::ID ARMABIInfo::getABIDefaultCC() const {
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004892 switch (getABIKind()) {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004893 case APCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_APCS;
4894 case AAPCS: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4895 case AAPCS_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00004896 case AAPCS16_VFP: return llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS_VFP;
Daniel Dunbar020daa92009-09-12 01:00:39 +00004897 }
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004898 llvm_unreachable("bad ABI kind");
4899}
4900
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004901void ARMABIInfo::setCCs() {
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00004902 assert(getRuntimeCC() == llvm::CallingConv::C);
4903
4904 // Don't muddy up the IR with a ton of explicit annotations if
4905 // they'd just match what LLVM will infer from the triple.
4906 llvm::CallingConv::ID abiCC = getABIDefaultCC();
4907 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4908 RuntimeCC = abiCC;
Anton Korobeynikovd90dd792014-12-02 16:04:58 +00004909
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00004910 // AAPCS apparently requires runtime support functions to be soft-float, but
4911 // that's almost certainly for historic reasons (Thumb1 not supporting VFP
4912 // most likely). It's more convenient for AAPCS16_VFP to be hard-float.
4913 switch (getABIKind()) {
4914 case APCS:
4915 case AAPCS16_VFP:
4916 if (abiCC != getLLVMDefaultCC())
4917 BuiltinCC = abiCC;
4918 break;
4919 case AAPCS:
4920 case AAPCS_VFP:
4921 BuiltinCC = llvm::CallingConv::ARM_AAPCS;
4922 break;
4923 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00004924}
4925
Tim Northoverbc784d12015-02-24 17:22:40 +00004926ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty,
4927 bool isVariadic) const {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004928 // 6.1.2.1 The following argument types are VFP CPRCs:
4929 // A single-precision floating-point type (including promoted
4930 // half-precision types); A double-precision floating-point type;
4931 // A 64-bit or 128-bit containerized vector type; Homogeneous Aggregate
4932 // with a Base Type of a single- or double-precision floating-point type,
4933 // 64-bit containerized vectors or 128-bit containerized vectors with one
4934 // to four Elements.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004935 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP = getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP && !isVariadic;
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00004936
Reid Klecknerb1be6832014-11-15 01:41:41 +00004937 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
4938
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004939 // Handle illegal vector types here.
4940 if (isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
4941 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
4942 if (Size <= 32) {
4943 llvm::Type *ResType =
4944 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004945 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004946 }
4947 if (Size == 64) {
4948 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4949 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 2);
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004950 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004951 }
4952 if (Size == 128) {
4953 llvm::Type *ResType = llvm::VectorType::get(
4954 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()), 4);
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004955 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004956 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004957 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00004958 }
4959
Oliver Stannarddc2854c2015-09-03 12:40:58 +00004960 // __fp16 gets passed as if it were an int or float, but with the top 16 bits
4961 // unspecified. This is not done for OpenCL as it handles the half type
4962 // natively, and does not need to interwork with AAPCS code.
4963 if (Ty->isHalfType() && !getContext().getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
4964 llvm::Type *ResType = IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP ?
4965 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()) :
4966 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
4967 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
4968 }
4969
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00004970 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004971 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004972 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>()) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004973 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004974 }
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004975
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004976 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
4977 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00004978 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00004979
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004980 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00004981 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00004982 }
Tim Northover1060eae2013-06-21 22:49:34 +00004983
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004984 // Ignore empty records.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00004985 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
Daniel Dunbar09d33622009-09-14 21:54:03 +00004986 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
4987
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004988 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004989 // Homogeneous Aggregates need to be expanded when we can fit the aggregate
4990 // into VFP registers.
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00004991 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004992 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00004993 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004994 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Manman Ren2a523d82012-10-30 23:21:41 +00004995 // Base can be a floating-point or a vector.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00004996 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00004997 }
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00004998 } else if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP) {
4999 // WatchOS does have homogeneous aggregates. Note that we intentionally use
5000 // this convention even for a variadic function: the backend will use GPRs
5001 // if needed.
5002 const Type *Base = nullptr;
5003 uint64_t Members = 0;
5004 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
5005 assert(Base && Members <= 4 && "unexpected homogeneous aggregate");
5006 llvm::Type *Ty =
5007 llvm::ArrayType::get(CGT.ConvertType(QualType(Base, 0)), Members);
5008 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(Ty, 0, nullptr, false);
5009 }
5010 }
5011
5012 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP &&
5013 getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(16)) {
5014 // WatchOS is adopting the 64-bit AAPCS rule on composite types: if they're
5015 // bigger than 128-bits, they get placed in space allocated by the caller,
5016 // and a pointer is passed.
5017 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(
5018 CharUnits::fromQuantity(getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8), false);
Bob Wilsone826a2a2011-08-03 05:58:22 +00005019 }
5020
Manman Ren6c30e132012-08-13 21:23:55 +00005021 // Support byval for ARM.
Manman Ren77b02382012-11-06 19:05:29 +00005022 // The ABI alignment for APCS is 4-byte and for AAPCS at least 4-byte and at
5023 // most 8-byte. We realign the indirect argument if type alignment is bigger
5024 // than ABI alignment.
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00005025 uint64_t ABIAlign = 4;
5026 uint64_t TyAlign = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
5027 if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
Tim Northoverd157e192015-03-09 21:40:42 +00005028 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS)
Manman Ren505d68f2012-11-05 22:42:46 +00005029 ABIAlign = std::min(std::max(TyAlign, (uint64_t)4), (uint64_t)8);
Tim Northoverd157e192015-03-09 21:40:42 +00005030
Manman Ren8cd99812012-11-06 04:58:01 +00005031 if (getContext().getTypeSizeInChars(Ty) > CharUnits::fromQuantity(64)) {
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00005032 assert(getABIKind() != ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP && "unexpected byval");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005033 return ABIArgInfo::getIndirect(CharUnits::fromQuantity(ABIAlign),
5034 /*ByVal=*/true,
5035 /*Realign=*/TyAlign > ABIAlign);
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00005036 }
5037
Daniel Dunbarb34b0802010-09-23 01:54:28 +00005038 // Otherwise, pass by coercing to a structure of the appropriate size.
Chris Lattner2192fe52011-07-18 04:24:23 +00005039 llvm::Type* ElemTy;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005040 unsigned SizeRegs;
Eli Friedmane66abda2012-08-09 00:31:40 +00005041 // FIXME: Try to match the types of the arguments more accurately where
5042 // we can.
5043 if (getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) <= 32) {
Bob Wilson8e2b75d2011-08-01 23:39:04 +00005044 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
5045 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 31) / 32;
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00005046 } else {
Manman Ren6fdb1582012-06-25 22:04:00 +00005047 ElemTy = llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext());
5048 SizeRegs = (getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) + 63) / 64;
Stuart Hastingsf2752a32011-04-27 17:24:02 +00005049 }
Stuart Hastings4b214952011-04-28 18:16:06 +00005050
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005051 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::ArrayType::get(ElemTy, SizeRegs));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005052}
5053
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00005054static bool isIntegerLikeType(QualType Ty, ASTContext &Context,
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005055 llvm::LLVMContext &VMContext) {
5056 // APCS, C Language Calling Conventions, Non-Simple Return Values: A structure
5057 // is called integer-like if its size is less than or equal to one word, and
5058 // the offset of each of its addressable sub-fields is zero.
5059
5060 uint64_t Size = Context.getTypeSize(Ty);
5061
5062 // Check that the type fits in a word.
5063 if (Size > 32)
5064 return false;
5065
5066 // FIXME: Handle vector types!
5067 if (Ty->isVectorType())
5068 return false;
5069
Daniel Dunbard53bac72009-09-14 02:20:34 +00005070 // Float types are never treated as "integer like".
5071 if (Ty->isRealFloatingType())
5072 return false;
5073
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005074 // If this is a builtin or pointer type then it is ok.
John McCall9dd450b2009-09-21 23:43:11 +00005075 if (Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>() || Ty->isPointerType())
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005076 return true;
5077
Daniel Dunbar96ebba52010-02-01 23:31:26 +00005078 // Small complex integer types are "integer like".
5079 if (const ComplexType *CT = Ty->getAs<ComplexType>())
5080 return isIntegerLikeType(CT->getElementType(), Context, VMContext);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005081
5082 // Single element and zero sized arrays should be allowed, by the definition
5083 // above, but they are not.
5084
5085 // Otherwise, it must be a record type.
5086 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
5087 if (!RT) return false;
5088
5089 // Ignore records with flexible arrays.
5090 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5091 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
5092 return false;
5093
5094 // Check that all sub-fields are at offset 0, and are themselves "integer
5095 // like".
5096 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = Context.getASTRecordLayout(RD);
5097
5098 bool HadField = false;
5099 unsigned idx = 0;
5100 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5101 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie40ed2972012-06-06 20:45:41 +00005102 const FieldDecl *FD = *i;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005103
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00005104 // Bit-fields are not addressable, we only need to verify they are "integer
5105 // like". We still have to disallow a subsequent non-bitfield, for example:
5106 // struct { int : 0; int x }
5107 // is non-integer like according to gcc.
5108 if (FD->isBitField()) {
5109 if (!RD->isUnion())
5110 HadField = true;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005111
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00005112 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
5113 return false;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005114
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00005115 continue;
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005116 }
5117
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00005118 // Check if this field is at offset 0.
5119 if (Layout.getFieldOffset(idx) != 0)
5120 return false;
5121
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005122 if (!isIntegerLikeType(FD->getType(), Context, VMContext))
5123 return false;
Michael J. Spencerb2f376b2010-08-25 18:17:27 +00005124
Daniel Dunbar45c7ff12010-01-29 03:22:29 +00005125 // Only allow at most one field in a structure. This doesn't match the
5126 // wording above, but follows gcc in situations with a field following an
5127 // empty structure.
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005128 if (!RD->isUnion()) {
5129 if (HadField)
5130 return false;
5131
5132 HadField = true;
5133 }
5134 }
5135
5136 return true;
5137}
5138
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005139ABIArgInfo ARMABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy,
5140 bool isVariadic) const {
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00005141 bool IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP =
5142 (getABIKind() == AAPCS_VFP || getABIKind() == AAPCS16_VFP) && !isVariadic;
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00005143
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005144 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005145 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005146
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00005147 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005148 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 128) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005149 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005150 }
Daniel Dunbar19964db2010-09-23 01:54:32 +00005151
Oliver Stannarddc2854c2015-09-03 12:40:58 +00005152 // __fp16 gets returned as if it were an int or float, but with the top 16
5153 // bits unspecified. This is not done for OpenCL as it handles the half type
5154 // natively, and does not need to interwork with AAPCS code.
5155 if (RetTy->isHalfType() && !getContext().getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5156 llvm::Type *ResType = IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP ?
5157 llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext()) :
5158 llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
5159 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(ResType);
5160 }
5161
John McCalla1dee5302010-08-22 10:59:02 +00005162 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00005163 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5164 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5165 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5166
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005167 return RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ? ABIArgInfo::getExtend()
5168 : ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Douglas Gregora71cc152010-02-02 20:10:50 +00005169 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005170
5171 // Are we following APCS?
5172 if (getABIKind() == APCS) {
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00005173 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, false))
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005174 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5175
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00005176 // Complex types are all returned as packed integers.
5177 //
5178 // FIXME: Consider using 2 x vector types if the back end handles them
5179 // correctly.
5180 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
Oliver Stannard2bfdc5b2014-08-27 10:43:15 +00005181 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::IntegerType::get(
5182 getVMContext(), getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy)));
Daniel Dunbareedf1512010-02-01 23:31:19 +00005183
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005184 // Integer like structures are returned in r0.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00005185 if (isIntegerLikeType(RetTy, getContext(), getVMContext())) {
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005186 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00005187 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005188 if (Size <= 8)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00005189 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005190 if (Size <= 16)
Chris Lattnerfe34c1d2010-07-29 06:26:06 +00005191 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5192 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005193 }
5194
5195 // Otherwise return in memory.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005196 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005197 }
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005198
5199 // Otherwise this is an AAPCS variant.
5200
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00005201 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00005202 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
5203
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00005204 // Check for homogeneous aggregates with AAPCS-VFP.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005205 if (IsEffectivelyAAPCS_VFP) {
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005206 const Type *Base = nullptr;
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00005207 uint64_t Members = 0;
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00005208 if (isHomogeneousAggregate(RetTy, Base, Members)) {
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00005209 assert(Base && "Base class should be set for homogeneous aggregate");
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00005210 // Homogeneous Aggregates are returned directly.
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005211 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr, 0, nullptr, false);
Anton Korobeynikov4215ca72012-04-13 11:22:00 +00005212 }
Bob Wilson1d9269a2011-11-02 04:51:36 +00005213 }
5214
Daniel Dunbar626f1d82009-09-13 08:03:58 +00005215 // Aggregates <= 4 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
5216 // are returned indirectly.
Chris Lattner458b2aa2010-07-29 02:16:43 +00005217 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00005218 if (Size <= 32) {
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00005219 if (getDataLayout().isBigEndian())
5220 // Return in 32 bit integer integer type (as if loaded by LDR, AAPCS 5.4)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005221 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Christian Pirkerc3d32172014-07-03 09:28:12 +00005222
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00005223 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
5224 if (Size <= 8)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005225 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00005226 if (Size <= 16)
Tim Northover5a1558e2014-11-07 22:30:50 +00005227 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
5228 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00005229 } else if (Size <= 128 && getABIKind() == AAPCS16_VFP) {
5230 llvm::Type *Int32Ty = llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext());
5231 llvm::Type *CoerceTy =
5232 llvm::ArrayType::get(Int32Ty, llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 32) / 32);
5233 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Daniel Dunbar1ce72512009-09-14 00:56:55 +00005234 }
5235
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005236 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005237}
5238
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005239/// isIllegalVector - check whether Ty is an illegal vector type.
5240bool ARMABIInfo::isIllegalVectorType(QualType Ty) const {
Stephen Hines8267e7d2015-12-04 01:39:30 +00005241 if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType> ()) {
5242 if (isAndroid()) {
5243 // Android shipped using Clang 3.1, which supported a slightly different
5244 // vector ABI. The primary differences were that 3-element vector types
5245 // were legal, and so were sub 32-bit vectors (i.e. <2 x i8>). This path
5246 // accepts that legacy behavior for Android only.
5247 // Check whether VT is legal.
5248 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
5249 // NumElements should be power of 2 or equal to 3.
5250 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_32(NumElements) && NumElements != 3)
5251 return true;
5252 } else {
5253 // Check whether VT is legal.
5254 unsigned NumElements = VT->getNumElements();
5255 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
5256 // NumElements should be power of 2.
5257 if (!llvm::isPowerOf2_32(NumElements))
5258 return true;
5259 // Size should be greater than 32 bits.
5260 return Size <= 32;
5261 }
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005262 }
5263 return false;
5264}
5265
Reid Klecknere9f6a712014-10-31 17:10:41 +00005266bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateBaseType(QualType Ty) const {
5267 // Homogeneous aggregates for AAPCS-VFP must have base types of float,
5268 // double, or 64-bit or 128-bit vectors.
5269 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>()) {
5270 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float ||
5271 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Double ||
5272 BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::LongDouble)
5273 return true;
5274 } else if (const VectorType *VT = Ty->getAs<VectorType>()) {
5275 unsigned VecSize = getContext().getTypeSize(VT);
5276 if (VecSize == 64 || VecSize == 128)
5277 return true;
5278 }
5279 return false;
5280}
5281
5282bool ARMABIInfo::isHomogeneousAggregateSmallEnough(const Type *Base,
5283 uint64_t Members) const {
5284 return Members <= 4;
5285}
5286
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005287Address ARMABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5288 QualType Ty) const {
5289 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005290
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005291 // Empty records are ignored for parameter passing purposes.
Tim Northover1711cc92013-06-21 23:05:33 +00005292 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true)) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005293 Address Addr(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr), SlotSize);
5294 Addr = CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty));
5295 return Addr;
Tim Northover1711cc92013-06-21 23:05:33 +00005296 }
5297
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005298 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
5299 CharUnits TyAlignForABI = TyInfo.second;
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005300
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005301 // Use indirect if size of the illegal vector is bigger than 16 bytes.
5302 bool IsIndirect = false;
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00005303 const Type *Base = nullptr;
5304 uint64_t Members = 0;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005305 if (TyInfo.first > CharUnits::fromQuantity(16) && isIllegalVectorType(Ty)) {
5306 IsIndirect = true;
5307
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00005308 // ARMv7k passes structs bigger than 16 bytes indirectly, in space
5309 // allocated by the caller.
5310 } else if (TyInfo.first > CharUnits::fromQuantity(16) &&
5311 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP &&
5312 !isHomogeneousAggregate(Ty, Base, Members)) {
5313 IsIndirect = true;
5314
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005315 // Otherwise, bound the type's ABI alignment.
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005316 // The ABI alignment for 64-bit or 128-bit vectors is 8 for AAPCS and 4 for
5317 // APCS. For AAPCS, the ABI alignment is at least 4-byte and at most 8-byte.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005318 // Our callers should be prepared to handle an under-aligned address.
5319 } else if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP ||
5320 getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS) {
5321 TyAlignForABI = std::max(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4));
5322 TyAlignForABI = std::min(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(8));
Tim Northover4c5cb9c2015-11-02 19:32:23 +00005323 } else if (getABIKind() == ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP) {
5324 // ARMv7k allows type alignment up to 16 bytes.
5325 TyAlignForABI = std::max(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(4));
5326 TyAlignForABI = std::min(TyAlignForABI, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16));
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005327 } else {
5328 TyAlignForABI = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
Manman Renfef9e312012-10-16 19:18:39 +00005329 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005330 TyInfo.second = TyAlignForABI;
Manman Rencca54d02012-10-16 19:01:37 +00005331
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005332 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, IsIndirect, TyInfo,
5333 SlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005334}
5335
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005336//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005337// NVPTX ABI Implementation
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005338//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5339
5340namespace {
5341
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005342class NVPTXABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005343public:
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005344 NVPTXABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005345
5346 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5347 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
5348
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005349 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005350 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5351 QualType Ty) const override;
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005352};
5353
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005354class NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005355public:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005356 NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5357 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new NVPTXABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005358
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005359 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005360 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005361private:
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005362 // Adds a NamedMDNode with F, Name, and Operand as operands, and adds the
5363 // resulting MDNode to the nvvm.annotations MDNode.
5364 static void addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name, int Operand);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005365};
5366
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005367ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005368 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5369 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005370
5371 // note: this is different from default ABI
5372 if (!RetTy->isScalarType())
5373 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
5374
5375 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5376 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
5377 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5378
5379 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5380 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005381}
5382
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005383ABIArgInfo NVPTXABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005384 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5385 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5386 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005387
Eli Bendersky95338a02014-10-29 13:43:21 +00005388 // Return aggregates type as indirect by value
5389 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005390 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /* byval */ true);
Eli Bendersky95338a02014-10-29 13:43:21 +00005391
Justin Holewinskif9329ff2013-11-20 20:35:34 +00005392 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
5393 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005394}
5395
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005396void NVPTXABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005397 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5398 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005399 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5400 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005401
5402 // Always honor user-specified calling convention.
5403 if (FI.getCallingConvention() != llvm::CallingConv::C)
5404 return;
5405
John McCall882987f2013-02-28 19:01:20 +00005406 FI.setEffectiveCallingConvention(getRuntimeCC());
5407}
5408
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005409Address NVPTXABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5410 QualType Ty) const {
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005411 llvm_unreachable("NVPTX does not support varargs");
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005412}
5413
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005414void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005415setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00005416 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const{
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00005417 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005418 if (!FD) return;
5419
5420 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5421
5422 // Perform special handling in OpenCL mode
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005423 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005424 // Use OpenCL function attributes to check for kernel functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005425 // By default, all functions are device functions
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005426 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005427 // OpenCL __kernel functions get kernel metadata
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005428 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5429 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005430 // And kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005431 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005432 }
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005433 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005434
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005435 // Perform special handling in CUDA mode.
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00005436 if (M.getLangOpts().CUDA) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005437 // CUDA __global__ functions get a kernel metadata entry. Since
Peter Collingbourne5bad4af2011-10-06 16:49:54 +00005438 // __global__ functions cannot be called from the device, we do not
5439 // need to set the noinline attribute.
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005440 if (FD->hasAttr<CUDAGlobalAttr>()) {
5441 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"kernel", i32 1} node
5442 addNVVMMetadata(F, "kernel", 1);
5443 }
Artem Belevich7093e402015-04-21 22:55:54 +00005444 if (CUDALaunchBoundsAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<CUDALaunchBoundsAttr>()) {
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005445 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"maxntidx", i32 <val>} node
Artem Belevich7093e402015-04-21 22:55:54 +00005446 llvm::APSInt MaxThreads(32);
5447 MaxThreads = Attr->getMaxThreads()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext());
5448 if (MaxThreads > 0)
5449 addNVVMMetadata(F, "maxntidx", MaxThreads.getExtValue());
5450
5451 // min blocks is an optional argument for CUDALaunchBoundsAttr. If it was
5452 // not specified in __launch_bounds__ or if the user specified a 0 value,
5453 // we don't have to add a PTX directive.
5454 if (Attr->getMinBlocks()) {
5455 llvm::APSInt MinBlocks(32);
5456 MinBlocks = Attr->getMinBlocks()->EvaluateKnownConstInt(M.getContext());
5457 if (MinBlocks > 0)
5458 // Create !{<func-ref>, metadata !"minctasm", i32 <val>} node
5459 addNVVMMetadata(F, "minctasm", MinBlocks.getExtValue());
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005460 }
5461 }
Justin Holewinski38031972011-10-05 17:58:44 +00005462 }
5463}
5464
Eli Benderskye06a2c42014-04-15 16:57:05 +00005465void NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo::addNVVMMetadata(llvm::Function *F, StringRef Name,
5466 int Operand) {
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005467 llvm::Module *M = F->getParent();
5468 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = M->getContext();
5469
5470 // Get "nvvm.annotations" metadata node
5471 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD = M->getOrInsertNamedMetadata("nvvm.annotations");
5472
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00005473 llvm::Metadata *MDVals[] = {
5474 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F), llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Name),
5475 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(
5476 llvm::ConstantInt::get(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(Ctx), Operand))};
Justin Holewinski36837432013-03-30 14:38:24 +00005477 // Append metadata to nvvm.annotations
5478 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
5479}
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00005480}
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00005481
5482//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005483// SystemZ ABI Implementation
5484//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5485
5486namespace {
5487
5488class SystemZABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005489 bool HasVector;
5490
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005491public:
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005492 SystemZABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HV)
5493 : ABIInfo(CGT), HasVector(HV) {}
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005494
5495 bool isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const;
5496 bool isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005497 bool isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005498 bool isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005499 QualType GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005500
5501 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
5502 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType ArgTy) const;
5503
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005504 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00005505 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
5506 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00005507 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
5508 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005509 }
5510
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005511 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5512 QualType Ty) const override;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005513};
5514
5515class SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5516public:
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005517 SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool HasVector)
5518 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SystemZABIInfo(CGT, HasVector)) {}
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005519};
5520
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00005521}
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005522
5523bool SystemZABIInfo::isPromotableIntegerType(QualType Ty) const {
5524 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
5525 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
5526 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
5527
5528 // Promotable integer types are required to be promoted by the ABI.
5529 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType())
5530 return true;
5531
5532 // 32-bit values must also be promoted.
5533 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5534 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5535 case BuiltinType::Int:
5536 case BuiltinType::UInt:
5537 return true;
5538 default:
5539 return false;
5540 }
5541 return false;
5542}
5543
5544bool SystemZABIInfo::isCompoundType(QualType Ty) const {
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005545 return (Ty->isAnyComplexType() ||
5546 Ty->isVectorType() ||
5547 isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty));
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005548}
5549
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005550bool SystemZABIInfo::isVectorArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5551 return (HasVector &&
5552 Ty->isVectorType() &&
5553 getContext().getTypeSize(Ty) <= 128);
5554}
5555
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005556bool SystemZABIInfo::isFPArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5557 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>())
5558 switch (BT->getKind()) {
5559 case BuiltinType::Float:
5560 case BuiltinType::Double:
5561 return true;
5562 default:
5563 return false;
5564 }
5565
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005566 return false;
5567}
5568
5569QualType SystemZABIInfo::GetSingleElementType(QualType Ty) const {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005570 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAsStructureType()) {
5571 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005572 QualType Found;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005573
5574 // If this is a C++ record, check the bases first.
5575 if (const CXXRecordDecl *CXXRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD))
Aaron Ballman574705e2014-03-13 15:41:46 +00005576 for (const auto &I : CXXRD->bases()) {
5577 QualType Base = I.getType();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005578
5579 // Empty bases don't affect things either way.
5580 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Base, true))
5581 continue;
5582
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005583 if (!Found.isNull())
5584 return Ty;
5585 Found = GetSingleElementType(Base);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005586 }
5587
5588 // Check the fields.
Aaron Ballmane8a8bae2014-03-08 20:12:42 +00005589 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005590 // For compatibility with GCC, ignore empty bitfields in C++ mode.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005591 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), empty structure and array fields
5592 // do count. So do anonymous bitfields that aren't zero-sized.
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005593 if (getContext().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5594 FD->isBitField() && FD->getBitWidthValue(getContext()) == 0)
5595 continue;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005596
5597 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), arrays do not count.
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005598 // Nested structures still do though.
5599 if (!Found.isNull())
5600 return Ty;
5601 Found = GetSingleElementType(FD->getType());
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005602 }
5603
5604 // Unlike isSingleElementStruct(), trailing padding is allowed.
5605 // An 8-byte aligned struct s { float f; } is passed as a double.
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005606 if (!Found.isNull())
5607 return Found;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005608 }
5609
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005610 return Ty;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005611}
5612
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005613Address SystemZABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5614 QualType Ty) const {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005615 // Assume that va_list type is correct; should be pointer to LLVM type:
5616 // struct {
5617 // i64 __gpr;
5618 // i64 __fpr;
5619 // i8 *__overflow_arg_area;
5620 // i8 *__reg_save_area;
5621 // };
5622
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005623 // Every non-vector argument occupies 8 bytes and is passed by preference
5624 // in either GPRs or FPRs. Vector arguments occupy 8 or 16 bytes and are
5625 // always passed on the stack.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005626 Ty = getContext().getCanonicalType(Ty);
5627 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005628 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGF.ConvertTypeForMem(Ty);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005629 llvm::Type *DirectTy = ArgTy;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005630 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005631 bool IsIndirect = AI.isIndirect();
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005632 bool InFPRs = false;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005633 bool IsVector = false;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005634 CharUnits UnpaddedSize;
5635 CharUnits DirectAlign;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005636 if (IsIndirect) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005637 DirectTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(DirectTy);
5638 UnpaddedSize = DirectAlign = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005639 } else {
5640 if (AI.getCoerceToType())
5641 ArgTy = AI.getCoerceToType();
5642 InFPRs = ArgTy->isFloatTy() || ArgTy->isDoubleTy();
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005643 IsVector = ArgTy->isVectorTy();
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005644 UnpaddedSize = TyInfo.first;
5645 DirectAlign = TyInfo.second;
Ulrich Weigand759449c2015-03-30 13:49:01 +00005646 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005647 CharUnits PaddedSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
5648 if (IsVector && UnpaddedSize > PaddedSize)
5649 PaddedSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(16);
5650 assert((UnpaddedSize <= PaddedSize) && "Invalid argument size.");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005651
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005652 CharUnits Padding = (PaddedSize - UnpaddedSize);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005653
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005654 llvm::Type *IndexTy = CGF.Int64Ty;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005655 llvm::Value *PaddedSizeV =
5656 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, PaddedSize.getQuantity());
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005657
5658 if (IsVector) {
5659 // Work out the address of a vector argument on the stack.
5660 // Vector arguments are always passed in the high bits of a
5661 // single (8 byte) or double (16 byte) stack slot.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005662 Address OverflowArgAreaPtr =
5663 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 2, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16),
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005664 "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005665 Address OverflowArgArea =
5666 Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"),
5667 TyInfo.second);
5668 Address MemAddr =
5669 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(OverflowArgArea, DirectTy, "mem_addr");
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005670
5671 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5672 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005673 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea.getPointer(), PaddedSizeV,
5674 "overflow_arg_area");
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005675 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5676
5677 return MemAddr;
5678 }
5679
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005680 assert(PaddedSize.getQuantity() == 8);
5681
5682 unsigned MaxRegs, RegCountField, RegSaveIndex;
5683 CharUnits RegPadding;
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005684 if (InFPRs) {
5685 MaxRegs = 4; // Maximum of 4 FPR arguments
5686 RegCountField = 1; // __fpr
5687 RegSaveIndex = 16; // save offset for f0
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005688 RegPadding = CharUnits(); // floats are passed in the high bits of an FPR
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005689 } else {
5690 MaxRegs = 5; // Maximum of 5 GPR arguments
5691 RegCountField = 0; // __gpr
5692 RegSaveIndex = 2; // save offset for r2
5693 RegPadding = Padding; // values are passed in the low bits of a GPR
5694 }
5695
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005696 Address RegCountPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
5697 VAListAddr, RegCountField, RegCountField * CharUnits::fromQuantity(8),
5698 "reg_count_ptr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005699 llvm::Value *RegCount = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegCountPtr, "reg_count");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005700 llvm::Value *MaxRegsV = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, MaxRegs);
5701 llvm::Value *InRegs = CGF.Builder.CreateICmpULT(RegCount, MaxRegsV,
Oliver Stannard405bded2014-02-11 09:25:50 +00005702 "fits_in_regs");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005703
5704 llvm::BasicBlock *InRegBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_reg");
5705 llvm::BasicBlock *InMemBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.in_mem");
5706 llvm::BasicBlock *ContBlock = CGF.createBasicBlock("vaarg.end");
5707 CGF.Builder.CreateCondBr(InRegs, InRegBlock, InMemBlock);
5708
5709 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in registers.
5710 CGF.EmitBlock(InRegBlock);
5711
5712 // Work out the address of an argument register.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005713 llvm::Value *ScaledRegCount =
5714 CGF.Builder.CreateMul(RegCount, PaddedSizeV, "scaled_reg_count");
5715 llvm::Value *RegBase =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005716 llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, RegSaveIndex * PaddedSize.getQuantity()
5717 + RegPadding.getQuantity());
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005718 llvm::Value *RegOffset =
5719 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(ScaledRegCount, RegBase, "reg_offset");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005720 Address RegSaveAreaPtr =
5721 CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(VAListAddr, 3, CharUnits::fromQuantity(24),
5722 "reg_save_area_ptr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005723 llvm::Value *RegSaveArea =
5724 CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(RegSaveAreaPtr, "reg_save_area");
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005725 Address RawRegAddr(CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(RegSaveArea, RegOffset,
5726 "raw_reg_addr"),
5727 PaddedSize);
5728 Address RegAddr =
5729 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RawRegAddr, DirectTy, "reg_addr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005730
5731 // Update the register count
5732 llvm::Value *One = llvm::ConstantInt::get(IndexTy, 1);
5733 llvm::Value *NewRegCount =
5734 CGF.Builder.CreateAdd(RegCount, One, "reg_count");
5735 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewRegCount, RegCountPtr);
5736 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5737
5738 // Emit code to load the value if it was passed in memory.
5739 CGF.EmitBlock(InMemBlock);
5740
5741 // Work out the address of a stack argument.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005742 Address OverflowArgAreaPtr = CGF.Builder.CreateStructGEP(
5743 VAListAddr, 2, CharUnits::fromQuantity(16), "overflow_arg_area_ptr");
5744 Address OverflowArgArea =
5745 Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(OverflowArgAreaPtr, "overflow_arg_area"),
5746 PaddedSize);
5747 Address RawMemAddr =
5748 CGF.Builder.CreateConstByteGEP(OverflowArgArea, Padding, "raw_mem_addr");
5749 Address MemAddr =
5750 CGF.Builder.CreateElementBitCast(RawMemAddr, DirectTy, "mem_addr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005751
5752 // Update overflow_arg_area_ptr pointer
5753 llvm::Value *NewOverflowArgArea =
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005754 CGF.Builder.CreateGEP(OverflowArgArea.getPointer(), PaddedSizeV,
5755 "overflow_arg_area");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005756 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(NewOverflowArgArea, OverflowArgAreaPtr);
5757 CGF.EmitBranch(ContBlock);
5758
5759 // Return the appropriate result.
5760 CGF.EmitBlock(ContBlock);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005761 Address ResAddr = emitMergePHI(CGF, RegAddr, InRegBlock,
5762 MemAddr, InMemBlock, "va_arg.addr");
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005763
5764 if (IsIndirect)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005765 ResAddr = Address(CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(ResAddr, "indirect_arg"),
5766 TyInfo.second);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005767
5768 return ResAddr;
5769}
5770
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005771ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
5772 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
5773 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005774 if (isVectorArgumentType(RetTy))
5775 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005776 if (isCompoundType(RetTy) || getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005777 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005778 return (isPromotableIntegerType(RetTy) ?
5779 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
5780}
5781
5782ABIArgInfo SystemZABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
5783 // Handle the generic C++ ABI.
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00005784 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005785 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005786
5787 // Integers and enums are extended to full register width.
5788 if (isPromotableIntegerType(Ty))
5789 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
5790
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005791 // Handle vector types and vector-like structure types. Note that
5792 // as opposed to float-like structure types, we do not allow any
5793 // padding for vector-like structures, so verify the sizes match.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005794 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005795 QualType SingleElementTy = GetSingleElementType(Ty);
5796 if (isVectorArgumentType(SingleElementTy) &&
5797 getContext().getTypeSize(SingleElementTy) == Size)
5798 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CGT.ConvertType(SingleElementTy));
5799
5800 // Values that are not 1, 2, 4 or 8 bytes in size are passed indirectly.
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005801 if (Size != 8 && Size != 16 && Size != 32 && Size != 64)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005802 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005803
5804 // Handle small structures.
5805 if (const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>()) {
5806 // Structures with flexible arrays have variable length, so really
5807 // fail the size test above.
5808 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5809 if (RD->hasFlexibleArrayMember())
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005810 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005811
5812 // The structure is passed as an unextended integer, a float, or a double.
5813 llvm::Type *PassTy;
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00005814 if (isFPArgumentType(SingleElementTy)) {
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005815 assert(Size == 32 || Size == 64);
5816 if (Size == 32)
5817 PassTy = llvm::Type::getFloatTy(getVMContext());
5818 else
5819 PassTy = llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext());
5820 } else
5821 PassTy = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), Size);
5822 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(PassTy);
5823 }
5824
5825 // Non-structure compounds are passed indirectly.
5826 if (isCompoundType(Ty))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005827 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005828
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00005829 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(nullptr);
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00005830}
5831
5832//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005833// MSP430 ABI Implementation
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005834//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005835
5836namespace {
5837
5838class MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
5839public:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00005840 MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
5841 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005842 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005843 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005844};
5845
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00005846}
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005847
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005848void MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D,
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005849 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
5850 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00005851 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005852 if (const MSP430InterruptAttr *attr = FD->getAttr<MSP430InterruptAttr>()) {
5853 // Handle 'interrupt' attribute:
5854 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
5855
5856 // Step 1: Set ISR calling convention.
5857 F->setCallingConv(llvm::CallingConv::MSP430_INTR);
5858
5859 // Step 2: Add attributes goodness.
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00005860 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005861
5862 // Step 3: Emit ISR vector alias.
Anton Korobeynikovc5a7f922012-11-26 18:59:10 +00005863 unsigned Num = attr->getNumber() / 2;
Rafael Espindola234405b2014-05-17 21:30:14 +00005864 llvm::GlobalAlias::create(llvm::Function::ExternalLinkage,
5865 "__isr_" + Twine(Num), F);
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00005866 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00005867 }
5868}
5869
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005870//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005871// MIPS ABI Implementation. This works for both little-endian and
5872// big-endian variants.
Chris Lattner0cf24192010-06-28 20:05:43 +00005873//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5874
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005875namespace {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005876class MipsABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005877 bool IsO32;
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005878 unsigned MinABIStackAlignInBytes, StackAlignInBytes;
5879 void CoerceToIntArgs(uint64_t TySize,
Craig Topper5603df42013-07-05 19:34:19 +00005880 SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005881 llvm::Type* HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00005882 llvm::Type* returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00005883 llvm::Type* getPaddingType(uint64_t Align, uint64_t Offset) const;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005884public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005885 MipsABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool _IsO32) :
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005886 ABIInfo(CGT), IsO32(_IsO32), MinABIStackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 4 : 8),
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005887 StackAlignInBytes(IsO32 ? 8 : 16) {}
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005888
5889 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00005890 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy, uint64_t &Offset) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005891 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00005892 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
5893 QualType Ty) const override;
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00005894 bool shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const override;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00005895};
5896
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005897class MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005898 unsigned SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005899public:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00005900 MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT, bool IsO32)
5901 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new MipsABIInfo(CGT, IsO32)),
Akira Hatanaka14378522011-11-02 23:14:57 +00005902 SizeOfUnwindException(IsO32 ? 24 : 32) {}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005903
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005904 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005905 return 29;
5906 }
5907
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00005908 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005909 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const override {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00005910 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005911 if (!FD) return;
Rafael Espindolaa0851a22013-03-19 14:32:23 +00005912 llvm::Function *Fn = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005913 if (FD->hasAttr<Mips16Attr>()) {
5914 Fn->addFnAttr("mips16");
5915 }
5916 else if (FD->hasAttr<NoMips16Attr>()) {
5917 Fn->addFnAttr("nomips16");
5918 }
Daniel Sandersbd3f47f2015-11-27 18:03:44 +00005919
5920 const MipsInterruptAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<MipsInterruptAttr>();
5921 if (!Attr)
5922 return;
5923
5924 const char *Kind;
5925 switch (Attr->getInterrupt()) {
Daniel Sandersbd3f47f2015-11-27 18:03:44 +00005926 case MipsInterruptAttr::eic: Kind = "eic"; break;
5927 case MipsInterruptAttr::sw0: Kind = "sw0"; break;
5928 case MipsInterruptAttr::sw1: Kind = "sw1"; break;
5929 case MipsInterruptAttr::hw0: Kind = "hw0"; break;
5930 case MipsInterruptAttr::hw1: Kind = "hw1"; break;
5931 case MipsInterruptAttr::hw2: Kind = "hw2"; break;
5932 case MipsInterruptAttr::hw3: Kind = "hw3"; break;
5933 case MipsInterruptAttr::hw4: Kind = "hw4"; break;
5934 case MipsInterruptAttr::hw5: Kind = "hw5"; break;
5935 }
5936
5937 Fn->addFnAttr("interrupt", Kind);
5938
Reed Kotler373feca2013-01-16 17:10:28 +00005939 }
Reed Kotler3d5966f2013-03-13 20:40:30 +00005940
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005941 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005942 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005943
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00005944 unsigned getSizeOfUnwindException() const override {
Akira Hatanaka0486db02011-09-20 18:23:28 +00005945 return SizeOfUnwindException;
John McCall3480ef22011-08-30 01:42:09 +00005946 }
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005947};
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00005948}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00005949
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005950void MipsABIInfo::CoerceToIntArgs(
5951 uint64_t TySize, SmallVectorImpl<llvm::Type *> &ArgList) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005952 llvm::IntegerType *IntTy =
5953 llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005954
5955 // Add (TySize / MinABIStackAlignInBytes) args of IntTy.
5956 for (unsigned N = TySize / (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8); N; --N)
5957 ArgList.push_back(IntTy);
5958
5959 // If necessary, add one more integer type to ArgList.
5960 unsigned R = TySize % (MinABIStackAlignInBytes * 8);
5961
5962 if (R)
5963 ArgList.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), R));
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005964}
5965
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005966// In N32/64, an aligned double precision floating point field is passed in
5967// a register.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005968llvm::Type* MipsABIInfo::HandleAggregates(QualType Ty, uint64_t TySize) const {
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005969 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> ArgList, IntArgList;
5970
5971 if (IsO32) {
5972 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5973 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5974 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005975
Akira Hatanaka02e13e52012-01-12 00:52:17 +00005976 if (Ty->isComplexType())
5977 return CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka79f04612012-01-10 23:12:19 +00005978
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005979 const RecordType *RT = Ty->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005980
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00005981 // Unions/vectors are passed in integer registers.
5982 if (!RT || !RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
5983 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize, ArgList);
5984 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
5985 }
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005986
5987 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
5988 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00005989 assert(!(TySize % 8) && "Size of structure must be multiple of 8.");
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00005990
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005991 uint64_t LastOffset = 0;
5992 unsigned idx = 0;
5993 llvm::IntegerType *I64 = llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), 64);
5994
Akira Hatanaka4984f5d2012-02-09 19:54:16 +00005995 // Iterate over fields in the struct/class and check if there are any aligned
5996 // double fields.
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00005997 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator i = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
5998 i != e; ++i, ++idx) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00005999 const QualType Ty = i->getType();
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00006000 const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAs<BuiltinType>();
6001
6002 if (!BT || BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Double)
6003 continue;
6004
6005 uint64_t Offset = Layout.getFieldOffset(idx);
6006 if (Offset % 64) // Ignore doubles that are not aligned.
6007 continue;
6008
6009 // Add ((Offset - LastOffset) / 64) args of type i64.
6010 for (unsigned j = (Offset - LastOffset) / 64; j > 0; --j)
6011 ArgList.push_back(I64);
6012
6013 // Add double type.
6014 ArgList.push_back(llvm::Type::getDoubleTy(getVMContext()));
6015 LastOffset = Offset + 64;
6016 }
6017
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00006018 CoerceToIntArgs(TySize - LastOffset, IntArgList);
6019 ArgList.append(IntArgList.begin(), IntArgList.end());
Akira Hatanaka101f70d2011-11-02 23:54:49 +00006020
6021 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), ArgList);
6022}
6023
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00006024llvm::Type *MipsABIInfo::getPaddingType(uint64_t OrigOffset,
6025 uint64_t Offset) const {
6026 if (OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes > Offset)
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00006027 return nullptr;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00006028
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00006029 return llvm::IntegerType::get(getVMContext(), (Offset - OrigOffset) * 8);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00006030}
Akira Hatanaka21ee88c2012-01-10 22:44:52 +00006031
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00006032ABIArgInfo
6033MipsABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty, uint64_t &Offset) const {
Daniel Sanders998c9102015-01-14 12:00:12 +00006034 Ty = useFirstFieldIfTransparentUnion(Ty);
6035
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00006036 uint64_t OrigOffset = Offset;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00006037 uint64_t TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00006038 uint64_t Align = getContext().getTypeAlign(Ty) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00006039
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00006040 Align = std::min(std::max(Align, (uint64_t)MinABIStackAlignInBytes),
6041 (uint64_t)StackAlignInBytes);
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00006042 unsigned CurrOffset = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Offset, Align);
6043 Offset = CurrOffset + llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(TySize, Align * 8) / 8;
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00006044
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00006045 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty) || Ty->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006046 // Ignore empty aggregates.
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00006047 if (TySize == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006048 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6049
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00006050 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI())) {
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00006051 Offset = OrigOffset + MinABIStackAlignInBytes;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006052 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Akira Hatanakaf64e1ad2012-01-07 00:25:33 +00006053 }
Akira Hatanakadf425db2011-08-01 18:09:58 +00006054
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00006055 // If we have reached here, aggregates are passed directly by coercing to
6056 // another structure type. Padding is inserted if the offset of the
6057 // aggregate is unaligned.
Daniel Sandersaa1b3552014-10-24 15:30:16 +00006058 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
6059 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(HandleAggregates(Ty, TySize), 0,
6060 getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
6061 ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
6062 return ArgInfo;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006063 }
6064
6065 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6066 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6067 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6068
Daniel Sanders5b445b32014-10-24 14:42:42 +00006069 // All integral types are promoted to the GPR width.
6070 if (Ty->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
Akira Hatanaka1632af62012-01-09 19:31:25 +00006071 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
6072
Akira Hatanakaddd66342013-10-29 18:41:15 +00006073 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(
Craig Topper8a13c412014-05-21 05:09:00 +00006074 nullptr, 0, IsO32 ? nullptr : getPaddingType(OrigOffset, CurrOffset));
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006075}
6076
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006077llvm::Type*
6078MipsABIInfo::returnAggregateInRegs(QualType RetTy, uint64_t Size) const {
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00006079 const RecordType *RT = RetTy->getAs<RecordType>();
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00006080 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> RTList;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006081
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00006082 if (RT && RT->isStructureOrClassType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006083 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl();
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00006084 const ASTRecordLayout &Layout = getContext().getASTRecordLayout(RD);
6085 unsigned FieldCnt = Layout.getFieldCount();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006086
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00006087 // N32/64 returns struct/classes in floating point registers if the
6088 // following conditions are met:
6089 // 1. The size of the struct/class is no larger than 128-bit.
6090 // 2. The struct/class has one or two fields all of which are floating
6091 // point types.
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006092 // 3. The offset of the first field is zero (this follows what gcc does).
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00006093 //
6094 // Any other composite results are returned in integer registers.
6095 //
6096 if (FieldCnt && (FieldCnt <= 2) && !Layout.getFieldOffset(0)) {
6097 RecordDecl::field_iterator b = RD->field_begin(), e = RD->field_end();
6098 for (; b != e; ++b) {
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00006099 const BuiltinType *BT = b->getType()->getAs<BuiltinType>();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006100
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00006101 if (!BT || !BT->isFloatingPoint())
6102 break;
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006103
David Blaikie2d7c57e2012-04-30 02:36:29 +00006104 RTList.push_back(CGT.ConvertType(b->getType()));
Akira Hatanakab6f74432012-02-09 18:49:26 +00006105 }
6106
6107 if (b == e)
6108 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList,
6109 RD->hasAttr<PackedAttr>());
6110
6111 RTList.clear();
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006112 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006113 }
6114
Akira Hatanakae1e3ad32012-07-03 19:24:06 +00006115 CoerceToIntArgs(Size, RTList);
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006116 return llvm::StructType::get(getVMContext(), RTList);
6117}
6118
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006119ABIArgInfo MipsABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
Akira Hatanaka60f5fe62012-01-23 23:18:57 +00006120 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
6121
Daniel Sandersed39f582014-09-04 13:28:14 +00006122 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
6123 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6124
6125 // O32 doesn't treat zero-sized structs differently from other structs.
6126 // However, N32/N64 ignores zero sized return values.
6127 if (!IsO32 && Size == 0)
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006128 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6129
Akira Hatanakac37eddf2012-05-11 21:01:17 +00006130 if (isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy) || RetTy->isVectorType()) {
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006131 if (Size <= 128) {
6132 if (RetTy->isAnyComplexType())
6133 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6134
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00006135 // O32 returns integer vectors in registers and N32/N64 returns all small
Daniel Sanders00a56ff2014-09-04 15:07:43 +00006136 // aggregates in registers.
Daniel Sanderse5018b62014-09-04 15:05:39 +00006137 if (!IsO32 ||
6138 (RetTy->isVectorType() && !RetTy->hasFloatingRepresentation())) {
6139 ABIArgInfo ArgInfo =
6140 ABIArgInfo::getDirect(returnAggregateInRegs(RetTy, Size));
6141 ArgInfo.setInReg(true);
6142 return ArgInfo;
6143 }
Akira Hatanakaf093f5b2012-01-04 03:34:42 +00006144 }
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006145
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006146 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006147 }
6148
6149 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6150 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
6151 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6152
6153 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6154 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6155}
6156
6157void MipsABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00006158 ABIArgInfo &RetInfo = FI.getReturnInfo();
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00006159 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
6160 RetInfo = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00006161
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006162 // Check if a pointer to an aggregate is passed as a hidden argument.
Akira Hatanaka8ab86cb2012-05-11 21:56:58 +00006163 uint64_t Offset = RetInfo.isIndirect() ? MinABIStackAlignInBytes : 0;
Akira Hatanaka32604a92012-01-12 01:10:09 +00006164
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006165 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6166 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type, Offset);
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006167}
6168
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006169Address MipsABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6170 QualType OrigTy) const {
6171 QualType Ty = OrigTy;
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00006172
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00006173 // Integer arguments are promoted to 32-bit on O32 and 64-bit on N32/N64.
6174 // Pointers are also promoted in the same way but this only matters for N32.
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00006175 unsigned SlotSizeInBits = IsO32 ? 32 : 64;
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00006176 unsigned PtrWidth = getTarget().getPointerWidth(0);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006177 bool DidPromote = false;
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00006178 if ((Ty->isIntegerType() &&
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006179 getContext().getIntWidth(Ty) < SlotSizeInBits) ||
Daniel Sanderscdcb5802015-01-13 10:47:00 +00006180 (Ty->isPointerType() && PtrWidth < SlotSizeInBits)) {
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006181 DidPromote = true;
6182 Ty = getContext().getIntTypeForBitwidth(SlotSizeInBits,
6183 Ty->isSignedIntegerType());
Daniel Sanders59229dc2014-11-19 10:01:35 +00006184 }
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006185
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006186 auto TyInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00006187
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006188 // The alignment of things in the argument area is never larger than
6189 // StackAlignInBytes.
6190 TyInfo.second =
6191 std::min(TyInfo.second, CharUnits::fromQuantity(StackAlignInBytes));
6192
6193 // MinABIStackAlignInBytes is the size of argument slots on the stack.
6194 CharUnits ArgSlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(MinABIStackAlignInBytes);
6195
6196 Address Addr = emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
6197 TyInfo, ArgSlotSize, /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
6198
6199
6200 // If there was a promotion, "unpromote" into a temporary.
6201 // TODO: can we just use a pointer into a subset of the original slot?
6202 if (DidPromote) {
6203 Address Temp = CGF.CreateMemTemp(OrigTy, "vaarg.promotion-temp");
6204 llvm::Value *Promoted = CGF.Builder.CreateLoad(Addr);
6205
6206 // Truncate down to the right width.
6207 llvm::Type *IntTy = (OrigTy->isIntegerType() ? Temp.getElementType()
6208 : CGF.IntPtrTy);
6209 llvm::Value *V = CGF.Builder.CreateTrunc(Promoted, IntTy);
6210 if (OrigTy->isPointerType())
6211 V = CGF.Builder.CreateIntToPtr(V, Temp.getElementType());
6212
6213 CGF.Builder.CreateStore(V, Temp);
6214 Addr = Temp;
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00006215 }
Daniel Sanders2ef3cdd32014-08-01 13:26:28 +00006216
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006217 return Addr;
Akira Hatanakab579fe52011-06-02 00:09:17 +00006218}
6219
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00006220bool MipsABIInfo::shouldSignExtUnsignedType(QualType Ty) const {
6221 int TySize = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006222
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00006223 // MIPS64 ABI requires unsigned 32 bit integers to be sign extended.
6224 if (Ty->isUnsignedIntegerOrEnumerationType() && TySize == 32)
6225 return true;
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006226
Petar Jovanovic1a3f9652015-05-26 21:07:19 +00006227 return false;
6228}
6229
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006230bool
6231MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6232 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6233 // This information comes from gcc's implementation, which seems to
6234 // as canonical as it gets.
6235
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006236 // Everything on MIPS is 4 bytes. Double-precision FP registers
6237 // are aliased to pairs of single-precision FP registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006238 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(CGF.Int8Ty, 4);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006239
6240 // 0-31 are the general purpose registers, $0 - $31.
6241 // 32-63 are the floating-point registers, $f0 - $f31.
6242 // 64 and 65 are the multiply/divide registers, $hi and $lo.
6243 // 66 is the (notional, I think) register for signal-handler return.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006244 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 0, 65);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006245
6246 // 67-74 are the floating-point status registers, $fcc0 - $fcc7.
6247 // They are one bit wide and ignored here.
6248
6249 // 80-111 are the coprocessor 0 registers, $c0r0 - $c0r31.
6250 // (coprocessor 1 is the FP unit)
6251 // 112-143 are the coprocessor 2 registers, $c2r0 - $c2r31.
6252 // 144-175 are the coprocessor 3 registers, $c3r0 - $c3r31.
6253 // 176-181 are the DSP accumulator registers.
Chris Lattnerece04092012-02-07 00:39:47 +00006254 AssignToArrayRange(CGF.Builder, Address, Four8, 80, 181);
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006255 return false;
6256}
6257
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006258//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6259// TCE ABI Implementation (see http://tce.cs.tut.fi). Uses mostly the defaults.
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006260// Currently subclassed only to implement custom OpenCL C function attribute
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006261// handling.
6262//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6263
6264namespace {
6265
6266class TCETargetCodeGenInfo : public DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo {
6267public:
6268 TCETargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6269 : DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(CGT) {}
6270
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00006271 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006272 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006273};
6274
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00006275void TCETargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006276 const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV, CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00006277 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006278 if (!FD) return;
6279
6280 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006281
David Blaikiebbafb8a2012-03-11 07:00:24 +00006282 if (M.getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006283 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
6284 // OpenCL C Kernel functions are not subject to inlining
Bill Wendling207f0532012-12-20 19:27:06 +00006285 F->addFnAttr(llvm::Attribute::NoInline);
Aaron Ballman36a18ff2013-12-19 13:16:35 +00006286 const ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr *Attr = FD->getAttr<ReqdWorkGroupSizeAttr>();
6287 if (Attr) {
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006288 // Convert the reqd_work_group_size() attributes to metadata.
6289 llvm::LLVMContext &Context = F->getContext();
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006290 llvm::NamedMDNode *OpenCLMetadata =
6291 M.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata(
6292 "opencl.kernel_wg_size_info");
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006293
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00006294 SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 5> Operands;
6295 Operands.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(F));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006296
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00006297 Operands.push_back(
6298 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
6299 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getXDim()))));
6300 Operands.push_back(
6301 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
6302 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getYDim()))));
6303 Operands.push_back(
6304 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::Constant::getIntegerValue(
6305 M.Int32Ty, llvm::APInt(32, Attr->getZDim()))));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006306
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006307 // Add a boolean constant operand for "required" (true) or "hint"
6308 // (false) for implementing the work_group_size_hint attr later.
6309 // Currently always true as the hint is not yet implemented.
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00006310 Operands.push_back(
6311 llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(llvm::ConstantInt::getTrue(Context)));
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00006312 OpenCLMetadata->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Context, Operands));
6313 }
6314 }
6315 }
6316}
6317
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00006318}
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00006319
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006320//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6321// Hexagon ABI Implementation
6322//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6323
6324namespace {
6325
6326class HexagonABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6327
6328
6329public:
6330 HexagonABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6331
6332private:
6333
6334 ABIArgInfo classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const;
6335 ABIArgInfo classifyArgumentType(QualType RetTy) const;
6336
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006337 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006338
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006339 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6340 QualType Ty) const override;
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006341};
6342
6343class HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6344public:
6345 HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6346 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new HexagonABIInfo(CGT)) {}
6347
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006348 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006349 return 29;
6350 }
6351};
6352
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00006353}
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006354
6355void HexagonABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
Reid Kleckner40ca9132014-05-13 22:05:45 +00006356 if (!getCXXABI().classifyReturnType(FI))
6357 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyReturnType(FI.getReturnType());
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006358 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6359 I.info = classifyArgumentType(I.type);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006360}
6361
6362ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyArgumentType(QualType Ty) const {
6363 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty)) {
6364 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6365 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6366 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6367
6368 return (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6369 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6370 }
6371
6372 // Ignore empty records.
6373 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), Ty, true))
6374 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6375
Mark Lacey3825e832013-10-06 01:33:34 +00006376 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006377 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006378
6379 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6380 if (Size > 64)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006381 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/true);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006382 // Pass in the smallest viable integer type.
6383 else if (Size > 32)
6384 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6385 else if (Size > 16)
6386 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6387 else if (Size > 8)
6388 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6389 else
6390 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6391}
6392
6393ABIArgInfo HexagonABIInfo::classifyReturnType(QualType RetTy) const {
6394 if (RetTy->isVoidType())
6395 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6396
6397 // Large vector types should be returned via memory.
6398 if (RetTy->isVectorType() && getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy) > 64)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006399 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006400
6401 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(RetTy)) {
6402 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6403 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = RetTy->getAs<EnumType>())
6404 RetTy = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6405
6406 return (RetTy->isPromotableIntegerType() ?
6407 ABIArgInfo::getExtend() : ABIArgInfo::getDirect());
6408 }
6409
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006410 if (isEmptyRecord(getContext(), RetTy, true))
6411 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6412
6413 // Aggregates <= 8 bytes are returned in r0; other aggregates
6414 // are returned indirectly.
6415 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(RetTy);
6416 if (Size <= 64) {
6417 // Return in the smallest viable integer type.
6418 if (Size <= 8)
6419 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt8Ty(getVMContext()));
6420 if (Size <= 16)
6421 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt16Ty(getVMContext()));
6422 if (Size <= 32)
6423 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt32Ty(getVMContext()));
6424 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(getVMContext()));
6425 }
6426
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006427 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(RetTy, /*ByVal=*/true);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006428}
6429
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006430Address HexagonABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6431 QualType Ty) const {
6432 // FIXME: Someone needs to audit that this handle alignment correctly.
6433 return emitVoidPtrVAArg(CGF, VAListAddr, Ty, /*indirect*/ false,
6434 getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty),
6435 CharUnits::fromQuantity(4),
6436 /*AllowHigherAlign*/ true);
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006437}
6438
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006439//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6440// AMDGPU ABI Implementation
6441//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6442
6443namespace {
6444
6445class AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6446public:
6447 AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6448 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new DefaultABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00006449 void setTargetAttributes(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006450 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
6451};
6452
Alexander Kornienkoab9db512015-06-22 23:07:51 +00006453}
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006454
Eric Christopher162c91c2015-06-05 22:03:00 +00006455void AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo::setTargetAttributes(
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006456 const Decl *D,
6457 llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6458 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const {
Akira Hatanakaaec6b2c2015-10-08 20:26:34 +00006459 const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(D);
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00006460 if (!FD)
6461 return;
6462
6463 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumVGPRAttr>()) {
6464 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6465 uint32_t NumVGPR = Attr->getNumVGPR();
6466 if (NumVGPR != 0)
6467 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_vgpr", llvm::utostr(NumVGPR));
6468 }
6469
6470 if (const auto Attr = FD->getAttr<AMDGPUNumSGPRAttr>()) {
6471 llvm::Function *F = cast<llvm::Function>(GV);
6472 unsigned NumSGPR = Attr->getNumSGPR();
6473 if (NumSGPR != 0)
6474 F->addFnAttr("amdgpu_num_sgpr", llvm::utostr(NumSGPR));
6475 }
6476}
6477
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00006478
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006479//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
6480// SPARC v9 ABI Implementation.
6481// Based on the SPARC Compliance Definition version 2.4.1.
6482//
6483// Function arguments a mapped to a nominal "parameter array" and promoted to
6484// registers depending on their type. Each argument occupies 8 or 16 bytes in
6485// the array, structs larger than 16 bytes are passed indirectly.
6486//
6487// One case requires special care:
6488//
6489// struct mixed {
6490// int i;
6491// float f;
6492// };
6493//
6494// When a struct mixed is passed by value, it only occupies 8 bytes in the
6495// parameter array, but the int is passed in an integer register, and the float
6496// is passed in a floating point register. This is represented as two arguments
6497// with the LLVM IR inreg attribute:
6498//
6499// declare void f(i32 inreg %i, float inreg %f)
6500//
6501// The code generator will only allocate 4 bytes from the parameter array for
6502// the inreg arguments. All other arguments are allocated a multiple of 8
6503// bytes.
6504//
6505namespace {
6506class SparcV9ABIInfo : public ABIInfo {
6507public:
6508 SparcV9ABIInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT) : ABIInfo(CGT) {}
6509
6510private:
6511 ABIArgInfo classifyType(QualType RetTy, unsigned SizeLimit) const;
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006512 void computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const override;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006513 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6514 QualType Ty) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006515
6516 // Coercion type builder for structs passed in registers. The coercion type
6517 // serves two purposes:
6518 //
6519 // 1. Pad structs to a multiple of 64 bits, so they are passed 'left-aligned'
6520 // in registers.
6521 // 2. Expose aligned floating point elements as first-level elements, so the
6522 // code generator knows to pass them in floating point registers.
6523 //
6524 // We also compute the InReg flag which indicates that the struct contains
6525 // aligned 32-bit floats.
6526 //
6527 struct CoerceBuilder {
6528 llvm::LLVMContext &Context;
6529 const llvm::DataLayout &DL;
6530 SmallVector<llvm::Type*, 8> Elems;
6531 uint64_t Size;
6532 bool InReg;
6533
6534 CoerceBuilder(llvm::LLVMContext &c, const llvm::DataLayout &dl)
6535 : Context(c), DL(dl), Size(0), InReg(false) {}
6536
6537 // Pad Elems with integers until Size is ToSize.
6538 void pad(uint64_t ToSize) {
6539 assert(ToSize >= Size && "Cannot remove elements");
6540 if (ToSize == Size)
6541 return;
6542
6543 // Finish the current 64-bit word.
6544 uint64_t Aligned = llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(Size, 64);
6545 if (Aligned > Size && Aligned <= ToSize) {
6546 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, Aligned - Size));
6547 Size = Aligned;
6548 }
6549
6550 // Add whole 64-bit words.
6551 while (Size + 64 <= ToSize) {
6552 Elems.push_back(llvm::Type::getInt64Ty(Context));
6553 Size += 64;
6554 }
6555
6556 // Final in-word padding.
6557 if (Size < ToSize) {
6558 Elems.push_back(llvm::IntegerType::get(Context, ToSize - Size));
6559 Size = ToSize;
6560 }
6561 }
6562
6563 // Add a floating point element at Offset.
6564 void addFloat(uint64_t Offset, llvm::Type *Ty, unsigned Bits) {
6565 // Unaligned floats are treated as integers.
6566 if (Offset % Bits)
6567 return;
6568 // The InReg flag is only required if there are any floats < 64 bits.
6569 if (Bits < 64)
6570 InReg = true;
6571 pad(Offset);
6572 Elems.push_back(Ty);
6573 Size = Offset + Bits;
6574 }
6575
6576 // Add a struct type to the coercion type, starting at Offset (in bits).
6577 void addStruct(uint64_t Offset, llvm::StructType *StrTy) {
6578 const llvm::StructLayout *Layout = DL.getStructLayout(StrTy);
6579 for (unsigned i = 0, e = StrTy->getNumElements(); i != e; ++i) {
6580 llvm::Type *ElemTy = StrTy->getElementType(i);
6581 uint64_t ElemOffset = Offset + Layout->getElementOffsetInBits(i);
6582 switch (ElemTy->getTypeID()) {
6583 case llvm::Type::StructTyID:
6584 addStruct(ElemOffset, cast<llvm::StructType>(ElemTy));
6585 break;
6586 case llvm::Type::FloatTyID:
6587 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 32);
6588 break;
6589 case llvm::Type::DoubleTyID:
6590 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 64);
6591 break;
6592 case llvm::Type::FP128TyID:
6593 addFloat(ElemOffset, ElemTy, 128);
6594 break;
6595 case llvm::Type::PointerTyID:
6596 if (ElemOffset % 64 == 0) {
6597 pad(ElemOffset);
6598 Elems.push_back(ElemTy);
6599 Size += 64;
6600 }
6601 break;
6602 default:
6603 break;
6604 }
6605 }
6606 }
6607
6608 // Check if Ty is a usable substitute for the coercion type.
6609 bool isUsableType(llvm::StructType *Ty) const {
Benjamin Kramer39ccabe2015-03-02 11:57:06 +00006610 return llvm::makeArrayRef(Elems) == Ty->elements();
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006611 }
6612
6613 // Get the coercion type as a literal struct type.
6614 llvm::Type *getType() const {
6615 if (Elems.size() == 1)
6616 return Elems.front();
6617 else
6618 return llvm::StructType::get(Context, Elems);
6619 }
6620 };
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006621};
6622} // end anonymous namespace
6623
6624ABIArgInfo
6625SparcV9ABIInfo::classifyType(QualType Ty, unsigned SizeLimit) const {
6626 if (Ty->isVoidType())
6627 return ABIArgInfo::getIgnore();
6628
6629 uint64_t Size = getContext().getTypeSize(Ty);
6630
6631 // Anything too big to fit in registers is passed with an explicit indirect
6632 // pointer / sret pointer.
6633 if (Size > SizeLimit)
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006634 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, /*ByVal=*/false);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006635
6636 // Treat an enum type as its underlying type.
6637 if (const EnumType *EnumTy = Ty->getAs<EnumType>())
6638 Ty = EnumTy->getDecl()->getIntegerType();
6639
6640 // Integer types smaller than a register are extended.
6641 if (Size < 64 && Ty->isIntegerType())
6642 return ABIArgInfo::getExtend();
6643
6644 // Other non-aggregates go in registers.
6645 if (!isAggregateTypeForABI(Ty))
6646 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6647
Jakob Stoklund Olesenb81eb3e2014-01-12 06:54:56 +00006648 // If a C++ object has either a non-trivial copy constructor or a non-trivial
6649 // destructor, it is passed with an explicit indirect pointer / sret pointer.
6650 if (CGCXXABI::RecordArgABI RAA = getRecordArgABI(Ty, getCXXABI()))
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006651 return getNaturalAlignIndirect(Ty, RAA == CGCXXABI::RAA_DirectInMemory);
Jakob Stoklund Olesenb81eb3e2014-01-12 06:54:56 +00006652
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006653 // This is a small aggregate type that should be passed in registers.
Jakob Stoklund Olesen02dc6a12013-05-28 04:57:37 +00006654 // Build a coercion type from the LLVM struct type.
6655 llvm::StructType *StrTy = dyn_cast<llvm::StructType>(CGT.ConvertType(Ty));
6656 if (!StrTy)
6657 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect();
6658
6659 CoerceBuilder CB(getVMContext(), getDataLayout());
6660 CB.addStruct(0, StrTy);
6661 CB.pad(llvm::RoundUpToAlignment(CB.DL.getTypeSizeInBits(StrTy), 64));
6662
6663 // Try to use the original type for coercion.
6664 llvm::Type *CoerceTy = CB.isUsableType(StrTy) ? StrTy : CB.getType();
6665
6666 if (CB.InReg)
6667 return ABIArgInfo::getDirectInReg(CoerceTy);
6668 else
6669 return ABIArgInfo::getDirect(CoerceTy);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006670}
6671
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006672Address SparcV9ABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6673 QualType Ty) const {
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006674 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyType(Ty, 16 * 8);
6675 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6676 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6677 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
6678
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006679 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(8);
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006680
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006681 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6682 Address Addr(Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr, "ap.cur"), SlotSize);
6683 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
6684
6685 auto TypeInfo = getContext().getTypeInfoInChars(Ty);
6686
6687 Address ArgAddr = Address::invalid();
6688 CharUnits Stride;
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006689 switch (AI.getKind()) {
6690 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006691 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006692 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6693
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006694 case ABIArgInfo::Extend: {
6695 Stride = SlotSize;
6696 CharUnits Offset = SlotSize - TypeInfo.first;
6697 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr, Offset, "extend");
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006698 break;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006699 }
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006700
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006701 case ABIArgInfo::Direct: {
6702 auto AllocSize = getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType());
6703 Stride = CharUnits::fromQuantity(AllocSize).RoundUpToAlignment(SlotSize);
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006704 ArgAddr = Addr;
6705 break;
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006706 }
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006707
6708 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006709 Stride = SlotSize;
6710 ArgAddr = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(Addr, ArgPtrTy, "indirect");
6711 ArgAddr = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(ArgAddr, "indirect.arg"),
6712 TypeInfo.second);
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006713 break;
6714
6715 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006716 return Address(llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy), TypeInfo.second);
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006717 }
6718
6719 // Update VAList.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006720 llvm::Value *NextPtr =
6721 Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(Addr.getPointer(), Stride, "ap.next");
6722 Builder.CreateStore(NextPtr, VAListAddr);
Jakob Stoklund Olesen303caed2013-06-05 03:00:18 +00006723
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006724 return Builder.CreateBitCast(ArgAddr, ArgPtrTy, "arg.addr");
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006725}
6726
6727void SparcV9ABIInfo::computeInfo(CGFunctionInfo &FI) const {
6728 FI.getReturnInfo() = classifyType(FI.getReturnType(), 32 * 8);
Aaron Ballmanec47bc22014-03-17 18:10:01 +00006729 for (auto &I : FI.arguments())
6730 I.info = classifyType(I.type, 16 * 8);
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006731}
6732
6733namespace {
6734class SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
6735public:
6736 SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
6737 : TargetCodeGenInfo(new SparcV9ABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006738
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006739 int getDwarfEHStackPointer(CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override {
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006740 return 14;
6741 }
6742
6743 bool initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
Craig Topper4f12f102014-03-12 06:41:41 +00006744 llvm::Value *Address) const override;
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006745};
6746} // end anonymous namespace
6747
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006748bool
6749SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo::initDwarfEHRegSizeTable(CodeGen::CodeGenFunction &CGF,
6750 llvm::Value *Address) const {
6751 // This is calculated from the LLVM and GCC tables and verified
6752 // against gcc output. AFAIK all ABIs use the same encoding.
6753
6754 CodeGen::CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
6755
6756 llvm::IntegerType *i8 = CGF.Int8Ty;
6757 llvm::Value *Four8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 4);
6758 llvm::Value *Eight8 = llvm::ConstantInt::get(i8, 8);
6759
6760 // 0-31: the 8-byte general-purpose registers
6761 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 0, 31);
6762
6763 // 32-63: f0-31, the 4-byte floating-point registers
6764 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Four8, 32, 63);
6765
6766 // Y = 64
6767 // PSR = 65
6768 // WIM = 66
6769 // TBR = 67
6770 // PC = 68
6771 // NPC = 69
6772 // FSR = 70
6773 // CSR = 71
6774 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 64, 71);
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00006775
Roman Divackyf02c9942014-02-24 18:46:27 +00006776 // 72-87: d0-15, the 8-byte floating-point registers
6777 AssignToArrayRange(Builder, Address, Eight8, 72, 87);
6778
6779 return false;
6780}
6781
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00006782
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006783//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006784// XCore ABI Implementation
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006785//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006786
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006787namespace {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006788
6789/// A SmallStringEnc instance is used to build up the TypeString by passing
6790/// it by reference between functions that append to it.
6791typedef llvm::SmallString<128> SmallStringEnc;
6792
6793/// TypeStringCache caches the meta encodings of Types.
6794///
6795/// The reason for caching TypeStrings is two fold:
6796/// 1. To cache a type's encoding for later uses;
6797/// 2. As a means to break recursive member type inclusion.
6798///
6799/// A cache Entry can have a Status of:
6800/// NonRecursive: The type encoding is not recursive;
6801/// Recursive: The type encoding is recursive;
6802/// Incomplete: An incomplete TypeString;
6803/// IncompleteUsed: An incomplete TypeString that has been used in a
6804/// Recursive type encoding.
6805///
6806/// A NonRecursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully
6807/// as possible. Whilst it may contain types which are recursive, the type
6808/// itself is not recursive and thus its encoding may be safely used whenever
6809/// the type is encountered.
6810///
6811/// A Recursive entry will have all of its sub-members expanded as fully as
6812/// possible. The type itself is recursive and it may contain other types which
6813/// are recursive. The Recursive encoding must not be used during the expansion
6814/// of a recursive type's recursive branch. For simplicity the code uses
6815/// IncompleteCount to reject all usage of Recursive encodings for member types.
6816///
6817/// An Incomplete entry is always a RecordType and only encodes its
6818/// identifier e.g. "s(S){}". Incomplete 'StubEnc' entries are ephemeral and
6819/// are placed into the cache during type expansion as a means to identify and
6820/// handle recursive inclusion of types as sub-members. If there is recursion
6821/// the entry becomes IncompleteUsed.
6822///
6823/// During the expansion of a RecordType's members:
6824///
6825/// If the cache contains a NonRecursive encoding for the member type, the
6826/// cached encoding is used;
6827///
6828/// If the cache contains a Recursive encoding for the member type, the
6829/// cached encoding is 'Swapped' out, as it may be incorrect, and...
6830///
6831/// If the member is a RecordType, an Incomplete encoding is placed into the
6832/// cache to break potential recursive inclusion of itself as a sub-member;
6833///
6834/// Once a member RecordType has been expanded, its temporary incomplete
6835/// entry is removed from the cache. If a Recursive encoding was swapped out
6836/// it is swapped back in;
6837///
6838/// If an incomplete entry is used to expand a sub-member, the incomplete
6839/// entry is marked as IncompleteUsed. The cache keeps count of how many
6840/// IncompleteUsed entries it currently contains in IncompleteUsedCount;
6841///
6842/// If a member's encoding is found to be a NonRecursive or Recursive viz:
6843/// IncompleteUsedCount==0, the member's encoding is added to the cache.
6844/// Else the member is part of a recursive type and thus the recursion has
6845/// been exited too soon for the encoding to be correct for the member.
6846///
6847class TypeStringCache {
6848 enum Status {NonRecursive, Recursive, Incomplete, IncompleteUsed};
6849 struct Entry {
6850 std::string Str; // The encoded TypeString for the type.
6851 enum Status State; // Information about the encoding in 'Str'.
6852 std::string Swapped; // A temporary place holder for a Recursive encoding
6853 // during the expansion of RecordType's members.
6854 };
6855 std::map<const IdentifierInfo *, struct Entry> Map;
6856 unsigned IncompleteCount; // Number of Incomplete entries in the Map.
6857 unsigned IncompleteUsedCount; // Number of IncompleteUsed entries in the Map.
6858public:
Hans Wennborg4afe5042015-07-22 20:46:26 +00006859 TypeStringCache() : IncompleteCount(0), IncompleteUsedCount(0) {}
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006860 void addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, std::string StubEnc);
6861 bool removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6862 void addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
6863 bool IsRecursive);
6864 StringRef lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID);
6865};
6866
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00006867/// TypeString encodings for enum & union fields must be order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006868/// FieldEncoding is a helper for this ordering process.
6869class FieldEncoding {
6870 bool HasName;
6871 std::string Enc;
6872public:
Hans Wennborg4afe5042015-07-22 20:46:26 +00006873 FieldEncoding(bool b, SmallStringEnc &e) : HasName(b), Enc(e.c_str()) {}
6874 StringRef str() {return Enc.c_str();}
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006875 bool operator<(const FieldEncoding &rhs) const {
6876 if (HasName != rhs.HasName) return HasName;
6877 return Enc < rhs.Enc;
6878 }
6879};
6880
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006881class XCoreABIInfo : public DefaultABIInfo {
6882public:
6883 XCoreABIInfo(CodeGen::CodeGenTypes &CGT) : DefaultABIInfo(CGT) {}
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006884 Address EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6885 QualType Ty) const override;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006886};
6887
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006888class XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo : public TargetCodeGenInfo {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006889 mutable TypeStringCache TSC;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006890public:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00006891 XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(CodeGenTypes &CGT)
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006892 :TargetCodeGenInfo(new XCoreABIInfo(CGT)) {}
Rafael Espindola8dcd6e72014-05-08 15:01:48 +00006893 void emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
6894 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &M) const override;
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006895};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006896
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006897} // End anonymous namespace.
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006898
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006899Address XCoreABIInfo::EmitVAArg(CodeGenFunction &CGF, Address VAListAddr,
6900 QualType Ty) const {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006901 CGBuilderTy &Builder = CGF.Builder;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006902
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006903 // Get the VAList.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006904 CharUnits SlotSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(4);
6905 Address AP(Builder.CreateLoad(VAListAddr), SlotSize);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006906
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006907 // Handle the argument.
6908 ABIArgInfo AI = classifyArgumentType(Ty);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006909 CharUnits TypeAlign = getContext().getTypeAlignInChars(Ty);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006910 llvm::Type *ArgTy = CGT.ConvertType(Ty);
6911 if (AI.canHaveCoerceToType() && !AI.getCoerceToType())
6912 AI.setCoerceToType(ArgTy);
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006913 llvm::Type *ArgPtrTy = llvm::PointerType::getUnqual(ArgTy);
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006914
6915 Address Val = Address::invalid();
6916 CharUnits ArgSize = CharUnits::Zero();
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006917 switch (AI.getKind()) {
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006918 case ABIArgInfo::Expand:
Reid Kleckner314ef7b2014-02-01 00:04:45 +00006919 case ABIArgInfo::InAlloca:
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006920 llvm_unreachable("Unsupported ABI kind for va_arg");
6921 case ABIArgInfo::Ignore:
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006922 Val = Address(llvm::UndefValue::get(ArgPtrTy), TypeAlign);
6923 ArgSize = CharUnits::Zero();
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006924 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006925 case ABIArgInfo::Extend:
6926 case ABIArgInfo::Direct:
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006927 Val = Builder.CreateBitCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6928 ArgSize = CharUnits::fromQuantity(
6929 getDataLayout().getTypeAllocSize(AI.getCoerceToType()));
6930 ArgSize = ArgSize.RoundUpToAlignment(SlotSize);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006931 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006932 case ABIArgInfo::Indirect:
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006933 Val = Builder.CreateElementBitCast(AP, ArgPtrTy);
6934 Val = Address(Builder.CreateLoad(Val), TypeAlign);
6935 ArgSize = SlotSize;
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006936 break;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006937 }
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006938
6939 // Increment the VAList.
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006940 if (!ArgSize.isZero()) {
6941 llvm::Value *APN =
6942 Builder.CreateConstInBoundsByteGEP(AP.getPointer(), ArgSize);
6943 Builder.CreateStore(APN, VAListAddr);
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006944 }
John McCall7f416cc2015-09-08 08:05:57 +00006945
Robert Lytton2d196952013-10-11 10:29:34 +00006946 return Val;
Robert Lytton7d1db152013-08-19 09:46:39 +00006947}
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00006948
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00006949/// During the expansion of a RecordType, an incomplete TypeString is placed
6950/// into the cache as a means to identify and break recursion.
6951/// If there is a Recursive encoding in the cache, it is swapped out and will
6952/// be reinserted by removeIncomplete().
6953/// All other types of encoding should have been used rather than arriving here.
6954void TypeStringCache::addIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID,
6955 std::string StubEnc) {
6956 if (!ID)
6957 return;
6958 Entry &E = Map[ID];
6959 assert( (E.Str.empty() || E.State == Recursive) &&
6960 "Incorrectly use of addIncomplete");
6961 assert(!StubEnc.empty() && "Passing an empty string to addIncomplete()");
6962 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str); // swap out the Recursive
6963 E.Str.swap(StubEnc);
6964 E.State = Incomplete;
6965 ++IncompleteCount;
6966}
6967
6968/// Once the RecordType has been expanded, the temporary incomplete TypeString
6969/// must be removed from the cache.
6970/// If a Recursive was swapped out by addIncomplete(), it will be replaced.
6971/// Returns true if the RecordType was defined recursively.
6972bool TypeStringCache::removeIncomplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
6973 if (!ID)
6974 return false;
6975 auto I = Map.find(ID);
6976 assert(I != Map.end() && "Entry not present");
6977 Entry &E = I->second;
6978 assert( (E.State == Incomplete ||
6979 E.State == IncompleteUsed) &&
6980 "Entry must be an incomplete type");
6981 bool IsRecursive = false;
6982 if (E.State == IncompleteUsed) {
6983 // We made use of our Incomplete encoding, thus we are recursive.
6984 IsRecursive = true;
6985 --IncompleteUsedCount;
6986 }
6987 if (E.Swapped.empty())
6988 Map.erase(I);
6989 else {
6990 // Swap the Recursive back.
6991 E.Swapped.swap(E.Str);
6992 E.Swapped.clear();
6993 E.State = Recursive;
6994 }
6995 --IncompleteCount;
6996 return IsRecursive;
6997}
6998
6999/// Add the encoded TypeString to the cache only if it is NonRecursive or
7000/// Recursive (viz: all sub-members were expanded as fully as possible).
7001void TypeStringCache::addIfComplete(const IdentifierInfo *ID, StringRef Str,
7002 bool IsRecursive) {
7003 if (!ID || IncompleteUsedCount)
7004 return; // No key or it is is an incomplete sub-type so don't add.
7005 Entry &E = Map[ID];
7006 if (IsRecursive && !E.Str.empty()) {
7007 assert(E.State==Recursive && E.Str.size() == Str.size() &&
7008 "This is not the same Recursive entry");
7009 // The parent container was not recursive after all, so we could have used
7010 // this Recursive sub-member entry after all, but we assumed the worse when
7011 // we started viz: IncompleteCount!=0.
7012 return;
7013 }
7014 assert(E.Str.empty() && "Entry already present");
7015 E.Str = Str.str();
7016 E.State = IsRecursive? Recursive : NonRecursive;
7017}
7018
7019/// Return a cached TypeString encoding for the ID. If there isn't one, or we
7020/// are recursively expanding a type (IncompleteCount != 0) and the cached
7021/// encoding is Recursive, return an empty StringRef.
7022StringRef TypeStringCache::lookupStr(const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
7023 if (!ID)
7024 return StringRef(); // We have no key.
7025 auto I = Map.find(ID);
7026 if (I == Map.end())
7027 return StringRef(); // We have no encoding.
7028 Entry &E = I->second;
7029 if (E.State == Recursive && IncompleteCount)
7030 return StringRef(); // We don't use Recursive encodings for member types.
7031
7032 if (E.State == Incomplete) {
7033 // The incomplete type is being used to break out of recursion.
7034 E.State = IncompleteUsed;
7035 ++IncompleteUsedCount;
7036 }
7037 return E.Str.c_str();
7038}
7039
7040/// The XCore ABI includes a type information section that communicates symbol
7041/// type information to the linker. The linker uses this information to verify
7042/// safety/correctness of things such as array bound and pointers et al.
7043/// The ABI only requires C (and XC) language modules to emit TypeStrings.
7044/// This type information (TypeString) is emitted into meta data for all global
7045/// symbols: definitions, declarations, functions & variables.
7046///
7047/// The TypeString carries type, qualifier, name, size & value details.
7048/// Please see 'Tools Development Guide' section 2.16.2 for format details:
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00007049/// https://www.xmos.com/download/public/Tools-Development-Guide%28X9114A%29.pdf
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007050/// The output is tested by test/CodeGen/xcore-stringtype.c.
7051///
7052static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
7053 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC);
7054
7055/// XCore uses emitTargetMD to emit TypeString metadata for global symbols.
7056void XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo::emitTargetMD(const Decl *D, llvm::GlobalValue *GV,
7057 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM) const {
7058 SmallStringEnc Enc;
7059 if (getTypeString(Enc, D, CGM, TSC)) {
7060 llvm::LLVMContext &Ctx = CGM.getModule().getContext();
Duncan P. N. Exon Smithfb494912014-12-09 18:39:32 +00007061 llvm::SmallVector<llvm::Metadata *, 2> MDVals;
7062 MDVals.push_back(llvm::ConstantAsMetadata::get(GV));
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007063 MDVals.push_back(llvm::MDString::get(Ctx, Enc.str()));
7064 llvm::NamedMDNode *MD =
7065 CGM.getModule().getOrInsertNamedMetadata("xcore.typestrings");
7066 MD->addOperand(llvm::MDNode::get(Ctx, MDVals));
7067 }
7068}
7069
7070static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
7071 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7072 TypeStringCache &TSC);
7073
7074/// Helper function for appendRecordType().
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00007075/// Builds a SmallVector containing the encoded field types in declaration
7076/// order.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007077static bool extractFieldType(SmallVectorImpl<FieldEncoding> &FE,
7078 const RecordDecl *RD,
7079 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7080 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00007081 for (const auto *Field : RD->fields()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007082 SmallStringEnc Enc;
7083 Enc += "m(";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00007084 Enc += Field->getName();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007085 Enc += "){";
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00007086 if (Field->isBitField()) {
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007087 Enc += "b(";
7088 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Enc);
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00007089 OS << Field->getBitWidthValue(CGM.getContext());
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007090 Enc += ':';
7091 }
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00007092 if (!appendType(Enc, Field->getType(), CGM, TSC))
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007093 return false;
Hans Wennborga302cd92014-08-21 16:06:57 +00007094 if (Field->isBitField())
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007095 Enc += ')';
7096 Enc += '}';
Benjamin Kramer3204b152015-05-29 19:42:19 +00007097 FE.emplace_back(!Field->getName().empty(), Enc);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007098 }
7099 return true;
7100}
7101
7102/// Appends structure and union types to Enc and adds encoding to cache.
7103/// Recursively calls appendType (via extractFieldType) for each field.
7104/// Union types have their fields ordered according to the ABI.
7105static bool appendRecordType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const RecordType *RT,
7106 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7107 TypeStringCache &TSC, const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
7108 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
7109 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
7110 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
7111 Enc += TypeString;
7112 return true;
7113 }
7114
7115 // Start to emit an incomplete TypeString.
7116 size_t Start = Enc.size();
7117 Enc += (RT->isUnionType()? 'u' : 's');
7118 Enc += '(';
7119 if (ID)
7120 Enc += ID->getName();
7121 Enc += "){";
7122
7123 // We collect all encoded fields and order as necessary.
7124 bool IsRecursive = false;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007125 const RecordDecl *RD = RT->getDecl()->getDefinition();
7126 if (RD && !RD->field_empty()) {
7127 // An incomplete TypeString stub is placed in the cache for this RecordType
7128 // so that recursive calls to this RecordType will use it whilst building a
7129 // complete TypeString for this RecordType.
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00007130 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007131 std::string StubEnc(Enc.substr(Start).str());
7132 StubEnc += '}'; // StubEnc now holds a valid incomplete TypeString.
7133 TSC.addIncomplete(ID, std::move(StubEnc));
7134 if (!extractFieldType(FE, RD, CGM, TSC)) {
7135 (void) TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
7136 return false;
7137 }
7138 IsRecursive = TSC.removeIncomplete(ID);
7139 // The ABI requires unions to be sorted but not structures.
7140 // See FieldEncoding::operator< for sort algorithm.
7141 if (RT->isUnionType())
7142 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00007143 // We can now complete the TypeString.
7144 unsigned E = FE.size();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007145 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
7146 if (I)
7147 Enc += ',';
7148 Enc += FE[I].str();
7149 }
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00007150 }
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007151 Enc += '}';
7152 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), IsRecursive);
7153 return true;
7154}
7155
7156/// Appends enum types to Enc and adds the encoding to the cache.
7157static bool appendEnumType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const EnumType *ET,
7158 TypeStringCache &TSC,
7159 const IdentifierInfo *ID) {
7160 // Append the cached TypeString if we have one.
7161 StringRef TypeString = TSC.lookupStr(ID);
7162 if (!TypeString.empty()) {
7163 Enc += TypeString;
7164 return true;
7165 }
7166
7167 size_t Start = Enc.size();
7168 Enc += "e(";
7169 if (ID)
7170 Enc += ID->getName();
7171 Enc += "){";
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00007172
7173 // We collect all encoded enumerations and order them alphanumerically.
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007174 if (const EnumDecl *ED = ET->getDecl()->getDefinition()) {
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00007175 SmallVector<FieldEncoding, 16> FE;
7176 for (auto I = ED->enumerator_begin(), E = ED->enumerator_end(); I != E;
7177 ++I) {
7178 SmallStringEnc EnumEnc;
7179 EnumEnc += "m(";
7180 EnumEnc += I->getName();
7181 EnumEnc += "){";
7182 I->getInitVal().toString(EnumEnc);
7183 EnumEnc += '}';
7184 FE.push_back(FieldEncoding(!I->getName().empty(), EnumEnc));
7185 }
7186 std::sort(FE.begin(), FE.end());
7187 unsigned E = FE.size();
7188 for (unsigned I = 0; I != E; ++I) {
7189 if (I)
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007190 Enc += ',';
Robert Lyttondb8c1cb2014-05-20 07:19:33 +00007191 Enc += FE[I].str();
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007192 }
7193 }
7194 Enc += '}';
7195 TSC.addIfComplete(ID, Enc.substr(Start), false);
7196 return true;
7197}
7198
7199/// Appends type's qualifier to Enc.
7200/// This is done prior to appending the type's encoding.
7201static void appendQualifier(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT) {
7202 // Qualifiers are emitted in alphabetical order.
Craig Topper273dbc62015-10-18 05:29:26 +00007203 static const char *const Table[]={"","c:","r:","cr:","v:","cv:","rv:","crv:"};
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007204 int Lookup = 0;
7205 if (QT.isConstQualified())
7206 Lookup += 1<<0;
7207 if (QT.isRestrictQualified())
7208 Lookup += 1<<1;
7209 if (QT.isVolatileQualified())
7210 Lookup += 1<<2;
7211 Enc += Table[Lookup];
7212}
7213
7214/// Appends built-in types to Enc.
7215static bool appendBuiltinType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const BuiltinType *BT) {
7216 const char *EncType;
7217 switch (BT->getKind()) {
7218 case BuiltinType::Void:
7219 EncType = "0";
7220 break;
7221 case BuiltinType::Bool:
7222 EncType = "b";
7223 break;
7224 case BuiltinType::Char_U:
7225 EncType = "uc";
7226 break;
7227 case BuiltinType::UChar:
7228 EncType = "uc";
7229 break;
7230 case BuiltinType::SChar:
7231 EncType = "sc";
7232 break;
7233 case BuiltinType::UShort:
7234 EncType = "us";
7235 break;
7236 case BuiltinType::Short:
7237 EncType = "ss";
7238 break;
7239 case BuiltinType::UInt:
7240 EncType = "ui";
7241 break;
7242 case BuiltinType::Int:
7243 EncType = "si";
7244 break;
7245 case BuiltinType::ULong:
7246 EncType = "ul";
7247 break;
7248 case BuiltinType::Long:
7249 EncType = "sl";
7250 break;
7251 case BuiltinType::ULongLong:
7252 EncType = "ull";
7253 break;
7254 case BuiltinType::LongLong:
7255 EncType = "sll";
7256 break;
7257 case BuiltinType::Float:
7258 EncType = "ft";
7259 break;
7260 case BuiltinType::Double:
7261 EncType = "d";
7262 break;
7263 case BuiltinType::LongDouble:
7264 EncType = "ld";
7265 break;
7266 default:
7267 return false;
7268 }
7269 Enc += EncType;
7270 return true;
7271}
7272
7273/// Appends a pointer encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the pointee.
7274static bool appendPointerType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const PointerType *PT,
7275 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7276 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7277 Enc += "p(";
7278 if (!appendType(Enc, PT->getPointeeType(), CGM, TSC))
7279 return false;
7280 Enc += ')';
7281 return true;
7282}
7283
7284/// Appends array encoding to Enc before calling appendType for the element.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007285static bool appendArrayType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QT,
7286 const ArrayType *AT,
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007287 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7288 TypeStringCache &TSC, StringRef NoSizeEnc) {
7289 if (AT->getSizeModifier() != ArrayType::Normal)
7290 return false;
7291 Enc += "a(";
7292 if (const ConstantArrayType *CAT = dyn_cast<ConstantArrayType>(AT))
7293 CAT->getSize().toStringUnsigned(Enc);
7294 else
7295 Enc += NoSizeEnc; // Global arrays use "*", otherwise it is "".
7296 Enc += ':';
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007297 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7298 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007299 if (!appendType(Enc, AT->getElementType(), CGM, TSC))
7300 return false;
7301 Enc += ')';
7302 return true;
7303}
7304
7305/// Appends a function encoding to Enc, calling appendType for the return type
7306/// and the arguments.
7307static bool appendFunctionType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const FunctionType *FT,
7308 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7309 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7310 Enc += "f{";
7311 if (!appendType(Enc, FT->getReturnType(), CGM, TSC))
7312 return false;
7313 Enc += "}(";
7314 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FT->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7315 // N.B. we are only interested in the adjusted param types.
7316 auto I = FPT->param_type_begin();
7317 auto E = FPT->param_type_end();
7318 if (I != E) {
7319 do {
7320 if (!appendType(Enc, *I, CGM, TSC))
7321 return false;
7322 ++I;
7323 if (I != E)
7324 Enc += ',';
7325 } while (I != E);
7326 if (FPT->isVariadic())
7327 Enc += ",va";
7328 } else {
7329 if (FPT->isVariadic())
7330 Enc += "va";
7331 else
7332 Enc += '0';
7333 }
7334 }
7335 Enc += ')';
7336 return true;
7337}
7338
7339/// Handles the type's qualifier before dispatching a call to handle specific
7340/// type encodings.
7341static bool appendType(SmallStringEnc &Enc, QualType QType,
7342 const CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM,
7343 TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7344
7345 QualType QT = QType.getCanonicalType();
7346
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007347 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe())
7348 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7349 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7350 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "");
7351
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007352 appendQualifier(Enc, QT);
7353
7354 if (const BuiltinType *BT = QT->getAs<BuiltinType>())
7355 return appendBuiltinType(Enc, BT);
7356
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007357 if (const PointerType *PT = QT->getAs<PointerType>())
7358 return appendPointerType(Enc, PT, CGM, TSC);
7359
7360 if (const EnumType *ET = QT->getAs<EnumType>())
7361 return appendEnumType(Enc, ET, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7362
7363 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsStructureType())
7364 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7365
7366 if (const RecordType *RT = QT->getAsUnionType())
7367 return appendRecordType(Enc, RT, CGM, TSC, QT.getBaseTypeIdentifier());
7368
7369 if (const FunctionType *FT = QT->getAs<FunctionType>())
7370 return appendFunctionType(Enc, FT, CGM, TSC);
7371
7372 return false;
7373}
7374
7375static bool getTypeString(SmallStringEnc &Enc, const Decl *D,
7376 CodeGen::CodeGenModule &CGM, TypeStringCache &TSC) {
7377 if (!D)
7378 return false;
7379
7380 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
7381 if (FD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7382 return false;
7383 return appendType(Enc, FD->getType(), CGM, TSC);
7384 }
7385
7386 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
7387 if (VD->getLanguageLinkage() != CLanguageLinkage)
7388 return false;
7389 QualType QT = VD->getType().getCanonicalType();
7390 if (const ArrayType *AT = QT->getAsArrayTypeUnsafe()) {
7391 // Global ArrayTypes are given a size of '*' if the size is unknown.
Robert Lytton6adb20f2014-06-05 09:06:21 +00007392 // The Qualifiers should be attached to the type rather than the array.
7393 // Thus we don't call appendQualifier() here.
7394 return appendArrayType(Enc, QT, AT, CGM, TSC, "*");
Robert Lytton844aeeb2014-05-02 09:33:20 +00007395 }
7396 return appendType(Enc, QT, CGM, TSC);
7397 }
7398 return false;
7399}
7400
7401
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007402//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7403// Driver code
7404//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
7405
Rafael Espindola9f834732014-09-19 01:54:22 +00007406const llvm::Triple &CodeGenModule::getTriple() const {
7407 return getTarget().getTriple();
7408}
7409
7410bool CodeGenModule::supportsCOMDAT() const {
7411 return !getTriple().isOSBinFormatMachO();
7412}
7413
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007414const TargetCodeGenInfo &CodeGenModule::getTargetCodeGenInfo() {
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007415 if (TheTargetCodeGenInfo)
7416 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007417
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00007418 const llvm::Triple &Triple = getTarget().getTriple();
Daniel Dunbar40165182009-08-24 09:10:05 +00007419 switch (Triple.getArch()) {
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007420 default:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007421 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new DefaultTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007422
Derek Schuff09338a22012-09-06 17:37:28 +00007423 case llvm::Triple::le32:
7424 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
John McCall943fae92010-05-27 06:19:26 +00007425 case llvm::Triple::mips:
7426 case llvm::Triple::mipsel:
Petar Jovanovic26a4a402015-07-08 13:07:31 +00007427 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::NaCl)
7428 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PNaClTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00007429 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, true));
7430
Akira Hatanakaec11b4f2011-09-20 18:30:57 +00007431 case llvm::Triple::mips64:
7432 case llvm::Triple::mips64el:
Akira Hatanakac4baedd2013-11-11 22:10:46 +00007433 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MIPSTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, false));
7434
Tim Northover25e8a672014-05-24 12:51:25 +00007435 case llvm::Triple::aarch64:
Tim Northover40956e62014-07-23 12:32:58 +00007436 case llvm::Triple::aarch64_be: {
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007437 AArch64ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::AAPCS;
Alp Toker4925ba72014-06-07 23:30:42 +00007438 if (getTarget().getABI() == "darwinpcs")
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007439 Kind = AArch64ABIInfo::DarwinPCS;
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00007440
Tim Northover573cbee2014-05-24 12:52:07 +00007441 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AArch64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Tim Northovera2ee4332014-03-29 15:09:45 +00007442 }
7443
Dan Gohmanc2853072015-09-03 22:51:53 +00007444 case llvm::Triple::wasm32:
7445 case llvm::Triple::wasm64:
7446 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WebAssemblyTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7447
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007448 case llvm::Triple::arm:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00007449 case llvm::Triple::armeb:
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007450 case llvm::Triple::thumb:
Christian Pirkerf01cd6f2014-03-28 14:40:46 +00007451 case llvm::Triple::thumbeb:
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007452 {
Saleem Abdulrasool71d1dd12015-01-30 23:29:19 +00007453 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
7454 TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7455 new WindowsARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP);
7456 return *TheTargetCodeGenInfo;
7457 }
7458
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007459 ARMABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS;
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00007460 StringRef ABIStr = getTarget().getABI();
7461 if (ABIStr == "apcs-gnu")
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007462 Kind = ARMABIInfo::APCS;
Tim Northover5627d392015-10-30 16:30:45 +00007463 else if (ABIStr == "aapcs16")
7464 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS16_VFP;
David Tweed8f676532012-10-25 13:33:01 +00007465 else if (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "hard" ||
John McCallc8e01702013-04-16 22:48:15 +00007466 (CodeGenOpts.FloatABI != "soft" &&
7467 Triple.getEnvironment() == llvm::Triple::GNUEABIHF))
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007468 Kind = ARMABIInfo::AAPCS_VFP;
7469
Derek Schuff71658bd2015-01-29 00:47:04 +00007470 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new ARMTargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind));
Sandeep Patel45df3dd2011-04-05 00:23:47 +00007471 }
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007472
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00007473 case llvm::Triple::ppc:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007474 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC32TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Roman Divackyd966e722012-05-09 18:22:46 +00007475 case llvm::Triple::ppc64:
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007476 if (Triple.isOSBinFormatELF()) {
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007477 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007478 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv2")
7479 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007480 bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx";
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007481
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007482 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007483 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007484 } else
Bill Schmidt25cb3492012-10-03 19:18:57 +00007485 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new PPC64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007486 case llvm::Triple::ppc64le: {
Bill Schmidt778d3872013-07-26 01:36:11 +00007487 assert(Triple.isOSBinFormatELF() && "PPC64 LE non-ELF not supported!");
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007488 PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ABIKind Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv2;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007489 if (getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1" || getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx")
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007490 Kind = PPC64_SVR4_ABIInfo::ELFv1;
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007491 bool HasQPX = getTarget().getABI() == "elfv1-qpx";
Ulrich Weigand8afad612014-07-28 13:17:52 +00007492
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007493 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
Hal Finkel0d0a1a52015-03-11 19:14:15 +00007494 new PPC64_SVR4_TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, Kind, HasQPX));
Ulrich Weigandb7122372014-07-21 00:48:09 +00007495 }
John McCallea8d8bb2010-03-11 00:10:12 +00007496
Peter Collingbournec947aae2012-05-20 23:28:41 +00007497 case llvm::Triple::nvptx:
7498 case llvm::Triple::nvptx64:
Justin Holewinski83e96682012-05-24 17:43:12 +00007499 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new NVPTXTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Justin Holewinskibd4a3c02011-04-22 11:10:38 +00007500
Anton Korobeynikov55bcea12010-01-10 12:58:08 +00007501 case llvm::Triple::msp430:
Chris Lattner2b037972010-07-29 02:01:43 +00007502 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new MSP430TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Daniel Dunbard59655c2009-09-12 00:59:49 +00007503
Ulrich Weigand66ff51b2015-05-05 19:35:52 +00007504 case llvm::Triple::systemz: {
7505 bool HasVector = getTarget().getABI() == "vector";
7506 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SystemZTargetCodeGenInfo(Types,
7507 HasVector));
7508 }
Ulrich Weigand47445072013-05-06 16:26:41 +00007509
Peter Collingbourneadcf7c92011-10-13 16:24:41 +00007510 case llvm::Triple::tce:
7511 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new TCETargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
7512
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00007513 case llvm::Triple::x86: {
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007514 bool IsDarwinVectorABI = Triple.isOSDarwin();
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +00007515 bool RetSmallStructInRegABI =
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007516 X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo::isStructReturnInRegABI(Triple, CodeGenOpts);
Saleem Abdulrasoolec5c6242014-11-23 02:16:24 +00007517 bool IsWin32FloatStructABI = Triple.isOSWindows() && !Triple.isOSCygMing();
Daniel Dunbar14ad22f2011-04-19 21:43:27 +00007518
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007519 if (Triple.getOS() == llvm::Triple::Win32) {
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00007520 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new WinX86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +00007521 Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI,
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00007522 IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters));
John McCall1fe2a8c2013-06-18 02:46:29 +00007523 } else {
Eric Christopher7565e0d2015-05-29 23:09:49 +00007524 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new X86_32TargetCodeGenInfo(
Michael Kupersteindc745202015-10-19 07:52:25 +00007525 Types, IsDarwinVectorABI, RetSmallStructInRegABI,
Michael Kupersteinb1ec50d2015-10-19 08:09:43 +00007526 IsWin32FloatStructABI, CodeGenOpts.NumRegisterParameters,
7527 CodeGenOpts.FloatABI == "soft"));
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007528 }
Eli Friedman33465822011-07-08 23:31:17 +00007529 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007530
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007531 case llvm::Triple::x86_64: {
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007532 StringRef ABI = getTarget().getABI();
Ahmed Bougacha0b938282015-06-22 21:31:43 +00007533 X86AVXABILevel AVXLevel = (ABI == "avx512" ? X86AVXABILevel::AVX512 :
7534 ABI == "avx" ? X86AVXABILevel::AVX :
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007535 X86AVXABILevel::None);
7536
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007537 switch (Triple.getOS()) {
7538 case llvm::Triple::Win32:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007539 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7540 new WinX86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
Alex Rosenberg12207fa2015-01-27 14:47:44 +00007541 case llvm::Triple::PS4:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007542 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7543 new PS4TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007544 default:
Ahmed Bougachad39a4152015-06-22 21:30:39 +00007545 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo =
7546 new X86_64TargetCodeGenInfo(Types, AVXLevel));
Chris Lattner04dc9572010-08-31 16:44:54 +00007547 }
Daniel Dunbare3532f82009-08-24 08:52:16 +00007548 }
Tony Linthicum76329bf2011-12-12 21:14:55 +00007549 case llvm::Triple::hexagon:
7550 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new HexagonTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Matt Arsenault43fae6c2014-12-04 20:38:18 +00007551 case llvm::Triple::r600:
7552 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Tom Stellardd8e38a32015-01-06 20:34:47 +00007553 case llvm::Triple::amdgcn:
7554 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new AMDGPUTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Jakob Stoklund Olesend28ab7e2013-05-27 21:48:25 +00007555 case llvm::Triple::sparcv9:
7556 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new SparcV9TargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Robert Lytton0e076492013-08-13 09:43:10 +00007557 case llvm::Triple::xcore:
Robert Lyttond21e2d72014-03-03 13:45:29 +00007558 return *(TheTargetCodeGenInfo = new XCoreTargetCodeGenInfo(Types));
Eli Friedmanbfd5add2011-12-02 00:11:43 +00007559 }
Anton Korobeynikov244360d2009-06-05 22:08:42 +00007560}